Quarterlytics / Consumer Defensive / Agricultural Farm Products / Fresh Del Monte Produce Inc.

Fresh Del Monte Produce Inc.

fdp · NYSE Consumer Defensive
Claim this profile
Ticker fdp
Exchange NYSE
Sector Consumer Defensive
Industry Agricultural Farm Products
Employees 33798
← All annual reports
FY2023 Annual Report · Fresh Del Monte Produce Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Delivering 
on strategy

Annual Report 2023

Delivering on strategy
This has been a year of marked acceleration across the 
business, both in the financial performance of KX and 
First Derivative and the execution of strategy. 

The decisions taken by the Board and executed by senior 
management in recent years have positioned KX as the 
high-performance engine for real-time analytics, just as 
a range of industries are beginning to understand the 
value they can generate from these insights.

Donna Troy
Chair

Our purpose

FD Technologies solves business-critical problems to unlock business value.

Who we are

What we do

We are a group of data and AI-driven 
businesses that unlock the value of insight, 
hindsight and foresight to drive 
organisations forward.

We give every business the ability 
to realise the true value of their 
data to achieve their potential.

Strategic report

Highlights

Financial highlights
Revenue

£296.0m

Adjusted EBITDA

£34.8m

2023 

2022 

2021 

£296.0m

2023 

£263.5m

£237.9m

2022 

2021 

£34.8m

£31.0m

£40.5m

Business unit KPIs
KX growth in Annual Recurring 
Revenue (ARR):

39%

First Derivative revenue growth: 

MRP revenue decline: 

18%

19%

Operational highlights
 • KX exceeded its targets with annual recurring revenue (ARR) up 

39% to £65.3m (FY22: £47.0m) and net revenue retention of 119% 
(FY22: 106%); incremental annual contract value (ACV) increased 
by 93% to £18.7m (FY22: £9.7m)

 • Launched the industry’s first Data Timehouse, positioning 
KX as the engine for real-time analytics in the cloud and 
delivering up to 100x the performance at 1/10th of the 
cost of alternative solutions*

 • Significant progress with a range of existing and potential partners, 

 • Momentum set to continue in the current year, benefiting from 
growing demand for real-time analytics as the foundation for 
AI-driven business innovation, the strengthening of KX leadership 
and growing market recognition for the return on investment that 
KX delivers

 • First Derivative delivered revenue growth of 18%, also 

ahead of target, benefiting from multi-year strategic growth 
drivers, particularly relating to regulatory compliance and 
digital transformation

including the general availability of kdb Insights Enterprise on Microsoft 
Azure and an agreement to partner with AWS 

 • Weaker demand environment continued at MRP, with revenue down 

by 19%; cost base aligned to protect EBITDA in the current year 

 • Continued our drive to accelerate time to value for customers, 
as well as making our technology easier to adopt and use; our 
progress is reflected in continued growth in industry, which 
accounted for more than 30% of ACV

*  From independent benchmarking exercises and customer feedback.

In this report
Strategic report
1  Highlights

2  Business overview

4  Chair’s review

6  Business model

8  Strategy

25  Principal risks and uncertainties
30   Corporate responsibility 

and sustainability

Corporate governance 

40  Board of Directors

42  Chair’s governance statement

Financial statements
62  Independent auditor’s report

70   Consolidated statement of  
comprehensive income

72  Consolidated balance sheet

73  Company balance sheet

9  Key performance indicators

44  Governance framework

10 

 Engaging and working with 
our stakeholders 

12  Business review
14  Business unit review: KX
17    Business unit review: 

First Derivative

19   Business unit review: MRP
20  Financial review

46   Report of the Audit and Risk Committee

49   Report of the Nomination and 

ESG Committee

74   Consolidated statement of changes in equity

76   Company statement of changes in equity

78  Consolidated cash flow statement

79  Company cash flow statement

52   Report of the Remuneration and 

80  Notes

Talent Committee

58  Directors’ report

60   Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

126 Global directory

IBC Directors and advisers

FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023  |  1

Business overview

Delivering impact

We are a group of data and AI-driven businesses that unlock the value 
of insight, hindsight and foresight to drive organisations forward.

KX

Software to accelerate AI-driven innovation   

First Derivative

First Derivative – Consulting services 
which drive digital transformation in 
financial services and capital markets 

FY23 revenue: 

£80m

ARR growth: 

39%

FY23 revenue: 

Revenue growth: 

£174m

18%

First Derivative is a specialist consulting firm operating in areas 
where expert knowledge is critical to success, whether it’s in 
the realm of business, technical, or both. With deep vertical 
expertise in capital markets, banking operations and asset 
servicing – it has one of the largest fully dedicated capital 
markets consulting teams in the world – First Derivative’s 
commitment to training and continuous improvement is the 
bedrock of its reputation of being able to solve the toughest 
of operational, data and technology challenges.

Offering one of the world’s largest dedicated capital 
markets consulting teams, First Derivative operates from 
centres of excellence in the UK, Ireland, Canada, the US 
and mainland Europe.

  See page 17

KX’s mission is to accelerate the speed of AI-driven business 
innovation, enabling customers to transform into real-time, 
intelligent enterprises. Built for the most demanding data 
environments, at the intersection of big and fast temporal 
data, its Data Timehouse platform is trusted by the world’s top 
investment banks and hedge funds and leading companies 
in the life and health sciences, semiconductor, 
telecommunications, and manufacturing industries.

At the heart of its technology is the kdb+ time-series database 
and real-time analytics engine, independently benchmarked 
as the fastest on the market. It can process and analyse 
time-series and historical data at unmatched speed and scale, 
empowering developers, data scientists, and data engineers 
to build high-performance data-driven applications and 
turbo-charge their favourite analytics and AI tools in the 
cloud, on-premise, or at the edge.

Ultimately, its technology enables the discovery of richer, 
actionable insights for faster decision making which drives 
competitive advantage and transformative growth for customers.

  See page 14

2  |  FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023

Strategic report 
 
Our global reach for scale and growth*

Americas

3939+

39%

UK

P3535+

35%

EMEA

P1919+

19%

Asia Pacific

P77+

7%

14

locations

3,000

people

4

continents

* 

 Based on split of revenue.

MRP

Technology-enabled services 
for enterprise demand generation 

FY23 revenue: 

Revenue decline: 

£41m

19%

Servicing more than 1,000 clients across the world, MRP 
focuses on the needs and challenges of enterprise sales and 
marketing teams. MRP Prelytix®, the only enterprise-class, 
account-based marketing (ABM) platform, is purpose-built 
to simplify the complexity of clients’ operating environments, 
enabling account-based programmes that are coordinated 
with existing marketing programmes, across all global 
marketing initiatives. Ultimately MRP delivers growth to its 
customers through the highest quality, most innovative 
products and services in the ABM space.

  See page 19

FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023  |  3

+
61
61
+
+
P
+
65
65
+
+
P
+
81
81
+
+
P
+
93
93
+
+
P
P
Chair’s review 

Powering ahead 
on our growth journey

This has been a year of marked acceleration across the business, 
both in the financial performance of KX and First Derivative and 
the execution of strategy. The decisions taken by the Board and 
executed by senior management in recent years have positioned 
KX as the high-performance engine for real-time analytics, just as 
a range of industries are beginning to understand the value they 
can generate from these insights.

KX’s ability to deliver up to 100x the performance at 1/10th of the 
cost* is truly resonating across the modern data landscape 
and represents a major proof point for our technology. Our 
competitive advantage is such that every participant in the 
industry should explore the business impact KX can have, 
either as a customer or partner.

Our technology is also ideally suited to accelerate AI workloads and 
this is a key driver of the growth in our total addressable market, 
which, according to Gartner’s report ‘Measuring the opportunity in 
the AI software market’, now stands at $135bn. The Board is mindful 
of the need to ensure that KX sustains the higher growth rates we 
have seen this year while also taking the steps needed to deliver 
a meaningful share of this enormous opportunity. 

As part of that process, the Board approved the recruitment of 
a number of senior executives during the year, including a CEO 
for KX, Ashok Reddy, and we have been pleased with the 
progress that has been achieved. 

In addition to exceeding all the financial targets set for the year, 
KX delivered important operational and commercial milestones, 
including the general availability of kdb Insights Enterprise on 
Azure, further progress on key partnerships with Microsoft and 
others, important advances in our technology to make it easier 
to adopt and use and the signing of landmark customer contracts 
across industries. These developments provide a solid foundation 
for KX to deliver its mission to accelerate the speed of AI-driven 
innovation across all enterprises.

The growth at KX has been enabled by the accelerated growth 
strategy introduced in May 2021, as part of which the Board 
decided to change the structure of the Group into three 
business units. Alongside KX, First Derivative and MRP are 
both benefiting from these changes.

First Derivative achieved another strong year of progress, also 
delivering growth ahead of our guidance, as it used its strong 
brand identity and market reputation to capitalise on the 
structural growth drivers in its business, namely regulatory 
change, digital transformation and the need for clients to drive 
value from their investment in technology. We expect First 
Derivative to continue to take market share and also to drive 
improvement in its margin over the next three years.

“ KX’s ability to deliver up to 100x 
the performance at 1/10th of the 
cost truly resonates across the 
modern data landscape and 
represents a major proof point 
for our technology. Our 
competitive advantage is such 
that every participant in the 
industry should explore the 
business impact KX can have, 
either as a customer or partner.”

Donna Troy
Chair

4  |  FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023

Strategic reportMRP’s performance during the year was below our expectations, 
driven by macroeconomic weakness in its markets. The creation of 
MRP as a separate business unit enabled us to identify these trends 
and to take corrective action to align the cost base as the year 
progressed. We expect this action to lead to improved 
profitability at MRP in the current year and will continue 
to monitor its progress closely.

Governance
The Board comprises highly skilled individuals with expertise 
and experience in scaling world-leading technology companies, 
which was one of the factors that gave us confidence to 
implement the accelerated growth strategy in 2021. Board 
composition was unchanged during the year, which provided 
stability and depth of understanding to our discussions.

This Annual Report provides details of the Board’s work in areas 
such as risk management and corporate responsibility. Of 
particular note was the implementation of our enterprise 
resource planning system, which is assisting the Board in its 
monitoring role by providing additional insight into the Group’s 
operations. In addition, the Board has focused on bringing in the 
talent to scale our business units and accelerate our growth. 

Summary and outlook
The past year has seen the delivery of accelerated growth rates 
in KX and a positive performance in First Derivative, enabled by 
the strategy adopted by the Board. Given the structural growth 
drivers and competitive advantages we enjoy in both these 
businesses, we are confident we have a platform for another 
year of strong progress.

It is now just two years since we set out our accelerated growth 
strategy. Much has been achieved, but equally there is a great 
deal of potential still to be unlocked and we are laser-focused 
on how to achieve that. We will continue to evaluate and evolve 
our strategy and I look forward to updating on our progress.

On behalf of the Board, I would like to thank all of our 
colleagues for their efforts to help our customers succeed and 
our communities thrive. We have a clear purpose, great talent 
and a positive culture that will enable us to continue to deliver 
sustainable growth for all our stakeholders. 

Donna Troy
Chair
22 May 2023

*  From independent benchmarking exercises and customer feedback.

All modern companies must build a diverse, equitable 
and inclusive workforce, and I am proud to take an active 
role in driving programmes that achieve that. By ensuring 
that FD Technologies is representative of the world that it 
operates in, we help to secure the future of the business, 
through the attraction and retention of new and existing 
customers and employees. 

Ensuring that every single employee feels that they can 
achieve the absolute best for themselves is a Board priority. 
I am proud to say that the Group has several long-running 
initiatives focused on improving the representation and 
professional development of women in the Group as well as 
colleagues from minority and underrepresented backgrounds. 

While being interviewed at one of the Group’s Women’s 
Network meetings last year, I was reminded of the wealth 
of female talent we have in the business. We can and will 
do more to reduce our gender pay gap and ensure there is 
greater representation of women in senior roles. I look forward 
to continuing to champion the work being done across the 
Group to deliver on our promise of building a business where 
everyone can thrive both professionally and personally. 

FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023  |  5

Business model

Enabling our business units to 
deliver sustainable value creation

Our business model is founded on our strategic purpose and enshrined by our values 
to create a business that generates sustainable returns for our stakeholders. We use our 
skills and strategies to ensure our business units have the resources they need to deliver 
products and services that delight our customers, while generating earnings for 
shareholders, tax receipts for society and a positive impact on the local communities 
in which we are based. 

Inputs
People
Our people are at the core of our success, providing a vibrant 
culture centred around customer success and excellence. 
We recruit heavily from universities around the world, as 
well as experienced talent, and provide our employees with 
exciting careers that challenge and stimulate them to solve 
problems for our clients that are at the forefront of 
technology. Working on-site or based in one of our 14 
locations around the world, we have a diverse and inclusive 
culture with a shared work ethos that drives our success. 

Training
Our training programmes and commitment to learning and 
development throughout their careers equip our employees 
to excel. New graduate employees benefit from class-based 
and online training programmes aligned to their chosen 
career path and supported by an assigned People Manager, 
while the training needs of more experienced employees are 
met by multi-faceted programmes that encompass industry 
and external accreditation and are matched to their career 
needs and aspirations. Our investment in our employees’ 
careers enables us to deliver the highest standards of 
customer satisfaction. 

R&D
Our world-leading technology uses data to unlock the value 
of insight, hindsight and foresight. In recent years this 
commitment has been evidenced by substantial increases 
in our development, making our technology easier to use 
and integrate with other technologies. We are committed 
to our investment in research and development, expanding 
our teams of data scientists that are passionate about 
pushing the boundaries. 

Partnerships
Our partners help us in our mission to solve business-critical 
problems that haven’t yet been solved. They are leaders in their 
field and by working together we can make it easier to deliver 
solutions that accelerate the time to value for our customers 
and generate a high return on their investment in our technology.

6  |  FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023

What sets us apart

Focused

We are focused on large and fast-growing 
addressable markets driven by data

Differentiated

We deliver differentiated technology products 
and solutions for extreme volume, complexity 
and latency data requirements

Deep expertise

We provide deep expertise and 
exceptional strength

Business units

Software to 
accelerate 
AI-driven 
innovation. 

Consulting services 
which drive digital 
transformation in 
financial services 
and capital 
markets.

Technology-
enabled services 
for enterprise 
demand 
generation.

Strategic reportCreating value
Strategy
Our strategy, set by the Board, is 
to enable our key business units to 
communicate their distinct value 
proposition and maximise their growth 
opportunity. Our Board has a breadth 
and depth of experience in developing 
and implementing growth strategies 
within technology markets and is 
supported in its implementation by 
a highly experienced executive team 
with clear lines of responsibility 
and reporting.

  Read more on page 8

Financial
The Group has developed a culture 
of financial discipline, together with 
a strong governance and risk 
management focus. These values 
engendered confidence in achieving 
our business unit strategy and 
financial targets and executing 
against this strategy has provided 
an exciting range of opportunities 
available to scale our businesses, 
in particular KX, as detailed in the 
Business review.

  Read more on page 12

Outputs
Returns for shareholders
Five-year view
Revenue compound annual growth rate 
(CAGR)

10%

Total cash generated from operations

£165.7m

Returns for the Group
Positive culture

82%

sustainable engagement*

Profits to reinvest for growth 

* 

  See page 31

Returns for society
Taxes paid
Financial year 2023

£1.5m

Last five years

£9.5m

Benefits for local communities
928

new jobs last year

3,454

over last five years

£35,000

donated by the Group to charity in past 
year, with a further 

£40,000

raised by employees for a range of local, 
national and international charities

FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023  |  7

Strategic report

Strategy

Analysing our performance

The Group’s structure is designed to enable its business units to communicate 
their distinct value proposition and maximise their growth opportunity. Our growth 
strategy is founded on growing demand for time-series data analytics and our 
increased ability to deliver, following advances in our technology, leadership and 
commercialisation capabilities. Our strategy is defined below, with appropriate 
KPIs also provided.

1

2

3

Driving growth in KX

Growing market share at 
First Derivative

Group performance 

What this means
We are focused on accelerating 
our growth and investing to achieve 
our mission to use our performance 
and scale advantages to accelerate the 
speed of data and AI-driven innovation 
across all enterprises.

What this means
Developing a sharper focus on target 
markets where First Derivative has the 
greatest in-depth expertise, and which 
are key for our clients, to drive greater 
revenue and margin growth from our 
technology and domain expertise.

What this means
The Board monitors the performance 
of the Group to assess overall growth, 
as a measure of the resources available to 
it and the value delivered to shareholders. 

How we do it
 • Provide products and platforms that 
enable enterprises to innovate at the 
speed of thought.

 • Work with our strategic partners to 

provide broad access to our technology, 
horizontally across industries.

 • Scale our operations to deliver the 
growth envisaged by the Board.

How we do it
 • Continue to enhance our engagement 

How we do it
 • Assess revenue growth to measure the 

model to deliver propositions that 
focus on helping our customers meet 
their challenges.

 • Focus on areas of emerging demand 
such as data engineering to help 
broaden our revenue base.

 •

Invest in sales and marketing to 
maximise our growth.

commercial performance of the products 
and services of the business units.

 • Track adjusted EBITDA* as a key metric 

for operational performance and a proxy 
for operational cash generation. 

 • Monitor net cash/debt as an indicator 

of the level of capital available to allocate. 

Progress
 • Significant progress across all areas 
as detailed in the Business Review.

Progress
 • Continued strong revenue growth 
representing an increasing share 
of our customers’ spend.

Progress
 • All three measures tracked well against 
the Board’s expectation and in line with 
its strategy.

*  As defined in accounting policies note 1(r).

8  |  FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023

Strategic reportKey performance indicators

The Board uses the following KPIs to measure sustainable and 
profitable growth as we aim to create value for all stakeholders. 

m
3
0
£

.

m
4
0
£

.

.

m
5
3
6
2
£

.

m
9
7
3
2
£

.

m
0
6
9
2
£

.

m
5
0
4
£

.

m
8
4
3
£

.

m
0
1
3
£

)

m
9
9
£

(

.

2021

2022

2023

2021

2022

2023

2021

2022

2023

Group revenue 
Measures the total of all revenue streams 
generated by the Group. 

As a key growth metric communicated 
to investors, the Board monitors revenue and 
revenue growth to measure its effectiveness 
at customer wins, retention and expansion. 

Group adjusted EBITDA*
Measures EBITDA adjusted for costs deemed 
non-operational and is the headline performance 
measure for the Group. 

Group net cash/(debt)
Measured as the amount of debt 
(excluding lease obligations) less cash 
and cash equivalents. 

Adjusted EBITDA is considered the headline 
measure of operating performance, ability to 
generate cashflow and to enable the Board 
and investors to most easily determine the 
impact of the Group’s strategy on performance. 

* 

 See reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to 
reported profit before tax in the Financial Review. 

The Board monitors its net cash/(debt) position 
to assess its working capital performance as well 
as to ensure it has sufficient capacity within its 
facilities to continue deliver its strategy. 

m
8
9
£

.

.

m
7
8
1
£

m
3
3
£

.

.

m
6
7
3
£

.

m
3
5
6
£

.

m
0
7
4
£

2021

2022

2023

2021

2022

2023

KX annual contract value (ACV) 
The sum of the value of each KX customer 
contract signed during the period divided by 
the number of years in each contract. 

This KPI is new and is included to provide the 
annual contract value of contracts signed in 
the year. ACV grew by 93%, highlighting the 
significant sales successes in the year. 

KX annual recurring revenue (ARR) 
The value at the period end of KX recurring 
software revenue to be recognised in the next 
twelve months, formerly defined as “exit annual 
recurring revenue”. 

KX Annual Recurring Revenue measures the 
growth of valuable recurring revenues, which 
grew by 39% in the year. 

.

m
4
9
1
1
£

.

m
3
4
7
1
£

.

m
0
8
4
1
£

%
9

%
9

%
0
1

2021

2022

2023

2021

2022

2023

First Derivative revenue 
Measures First Derivative revenue which is an 
indicator of the business’ size and progress of 
strategic initiatives. 

First Derivative’s revenue is derived from capital 
markets, principally from providing services 
requiring deep domain skills to large investment 
banks. The strategy, to focus on key areas where 
it has the greatest expertise, has delivered 
growth of 18% in the year.

First Derivative adjusted 
EBITDA margin
Margin from First Derivative EBITDA adjusted for 
costs that are deemed to be non-operational 
in nature. 

First Derivative EBITDA margin measures 
underlying performance and the ability to deliver 
on operating leverage. The three-year target is 
to achieve an adjusted EBITDA margin of 15%. 

Note: The Board has identified that the opportunities 
in both KX and First Derivative represent significantly 
greater opportunities to realise shareholder value 
and has therefore removed MRP from the KPIs.

FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023  |  9

Engaging and working with our stakeholders 

Strengthening our 
stakeholder relationships 

This section provides insight into how the Board engages with our stakeholders to 
understand what matters to them. The findings from this engagement have been 
considered in board discussions and decision-making.

Our stakeholders include our shareholders, 
employees, customers, suppliers, the environment 
and the communities we operate in. The Board 
recognises that engaging with stakeholders is 
essential to enable the Group to take balanced 
strategic decisions and build a successful 
business that creates long-term value for all 
our stakeholders. 

This was particularly important this year as the 
Group implemented a significant amount of 

operational change, including the introduction of 
a new ERP system that provides additional levels 
of monitoring, insight and control. Employee 
involvement was key in designing the system and 
it benefits them by automating the management 
of benefits and personnel administration, with 
numerous self-service options. It is intended that 
suppliers will benefit from more streamlined 
payment processing procedures, which is a key 
area of focus within our supplier 
management policy. 

The Directors give careful consideration to the 
views of stakeholders when discharging their 
duties and are supported by a range of means, 
including regular reports and presentations from 
members of the executive team throughout the 
year, the presence of a designated workforce 
representative on the Board, and specific 
briefings on the impact on stakeholders where 
the Board believes they would be impacted by 
a decision under consideration. 

Employees 

Reason why we engage
As detailed in the Corporate responsibility and 
sustainability section of this report, our people 
are vital to the success of our business and the 
recruitment and retention of top-level talent is 
a Board priority. Our culture is central to this and 
we actively promote diversion and inclusivity at all 
levels. We have also created a culture of learning 
and development to continually strengthen the 
talents and capabilities of our employees. 
Through these initiatives, we seek to deliver 
products and services that delight our customers 
and enable the Group to achieve its strategy. 

Customers

Reason why we engage
Achieving the Group’s growth strategy requires 
cross and upselling to existing customers as 
well as attracting new customers to each of its 
business units. Our engagement with customers 
and potential customers helps to shape our 
development strategy and allocation of 
resources and capital and feedback is reported 
regularly to the Board. 

10  |  FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023

Key developments during the year
The results of our latest employee engagement 
survey point to an engaged, enabled and 
energised workforce and across our business. 
However, we accept that there is still work to do, 
particularly around enhancing reward and 
benefits. The Group has a Survey Actions 
Working Group that analyses the results and 
implements change designed to make 
improvements on the issues that matter most to 
our employees. For the coming year, our 
priorities will be focused on enhancing employee 
experience across every aspect of our business. 
This is a multi-year programme which is focusing 
on improving every interaction we have with 
each employee from recruitment and 
onboarding through to continuous feedback, 
learning and development, inclusion and 
supporting employee health and wellbeing. 

Key developments during the year 
To further facilitate direct customer feedback into 
our strategy we committed during the year to 
creating a customer advisory board comprising 
representatives from a number of key clients. 
We also decided during the year to reinstate our 
annual customer summit, which was disrupted 
due to COVID, which facilitates discussion with 
and feedback from our customers.

Method of engagement 
A workforce engagement Director, Virginia 
Gambale, is responsible for representing the 
interests of employees and ensuring that their 
interests are taken into account by the Board. A 
key input into our employee engagement strategy 
is an annual employee engagement survey, 
facilitated by an independent organisation, which 
is analysed and shapes our agenda on employee 
engagement for the subsequent year. Now in its 
fourth year, the results of our latest survey are 
detailed in the Corporate responsibility and 
sustainability section. In addition, we encourage 
direct interaction between employees and the 
Board at dedicated “Meet the Board” events 
which are typically held across our locations to 
encourage direct dialogue between employees 
and Directors. During the pandemic, it was not 
possible to hold these events and instead we 
shared interviews with every Board member to 
introduce them to employees and enable them to 
understand the diversity, expertise and experience 
they bring to the Group. These events resumed 
during the year under review and make an 
important contribution to dialogue and 
understanding between the Board and employees. 

Method of engagement 
The Board is briefed regularly on engagement 
with customers by the CEO and senior members 
of the executive team, as well as receiving 
regular reports on such matters. The Group 
holds regular customer events, which Directors 
are able to attend and engage directly with 
existing and potential customers to understand 
their concerns. In particular, the technology 
sub-committee meets with and considers the 
needs of customers and seeks to ensure that 
our technology development strategy takes 
their requirements into account. KX also has a 
customer success team dedicated to ensuring 
that our technology delivers the expected 
benefits and that lessons learned from working 
with a particular customer are applied across 
the customer base. 

Strategic reportPartners

Reason why we engage
Partners are key to promoting the adoption and 
use of KX across industries, helping to deliver 
our growth strategy. KX partners with market 
leaders and invests in creating deep integration 
to deliver high-performance data-driven solutions. 

Method of engagement 
Given the commercial importance of partner 
relationships, KX has a dedicated team working 
to recruit and develop target partners. This team 
handles the formal accreditation and 
commercial agreements between KX and the 
partner and manages the working relationship, 
working closely with the sales and development 
teams within KX. We operate a tiered partner 
programme (Registered, Plus and Premier) with 
benefits aligned to each tier.

Key developments during the year 
During the year KX worked closely with its 
strategic partner Microsoft to release the 
industry’s first Data Timehouse, kdb Insights 
Enterprise on Microsoft Azure. KX also expanded 
its partner team in response to opportunities to 
work with other hyperscale cloud providers and 
data analytics independent software vendors. 
Partnerships are a key strategic channel to 
achieve our goal of KX being the horizontal 
platform for time-series analytics and we will 
continue to resource these efforts appropriately. 

Shareholders

Reason why we engage
As owners of the Group, the support of 
shareholders for our strategic plans is crucial. 
The Group engages regularly with its shareholders 
to provide updates on its progress and future 
plans and to understand the views of shareholders 
so that the Board can take them into account 
during its decision-making processes. 

Method of engagement 
During the past year the Group has 
communicated regularly with the investment 
community through regulatory announcements 
and updates to our website. Additionally, the 
CEO, the CFO, the Board and executive team 
members have taken part in one-to-one 
meetings with investors and potential investors 
to communicate the Group’s investment case 
and strategy. While these meetings are regularly 
scheduled following the publication of interim 
and full year results, the Group has an investor 
communication programme that also involves 
ad hoc meetings and appearances at investor 
conferences, as well as engaging directly with 
existing and potential investors. 

Key developments during the year 
The Group has further increased its shareholder 
dialogue over the past year, particularly in the US, 
where an adviser was engaged to help target 
potential shareholders. We also invited and 
received feedback from our larger shareholders 
on our long-term incentive arrangements. 
A priority for the year ahead is to hold an investor 
event which will provide existing and prospective 
investors with a deeper understanding of the 
opportunities available to KX. 

Communities

Reason why we engage
The Group has a strong focus on how it 
does business and how we interact with our 
stakeholders and in particular how we interact 
with the communities where we live and work. 
Whilst we operate internationally all of our 
people remain rooted in the communities 
where they live and work and helping those less 
fortunate has been at our very core for more 
than 20 years. We recognise our responsibility 
to act as an effective corporate citizen and to 
provide suitable environments for the wellbeing 
of employees. We support employee initiatives 
designed to benefit and support their communities 
and also provide direct assistance where we 
believe it appropriate. 

Method of engagement 
The Group engages with local communities by 
supporting initiatives to train and develop talent. 
It provides educational and career support aimed 
at assisting individuals in local communities to 
enter the technology industry, often through 
partnership with community groups and 
organisations; for example, we have a senior 
leadership partnership with Queen’s University 
Belfast to drive joint initiatives. We also provide 
placements and higher level apprenticeships for 
school leavers as an alternative to attending 
university full time, enabling them to undertake 
an undergraduate degree whilst working and 
gaining experience across the Group. In addition, 
many of our staff volunteer to support local 
organisations in their community across a range 
of charitable pursuits, whether directly in terms 
of contributing their time and skills or indirectly 
through fundraising activities. 

Key developments during the year 
To coordinate our charity activities, we established 
a charity policy with the aim of being a good 
neighbour in the communities in which we 
operate and to use the energies and talents 
of our employees in charitable fundraising 
activities. A team comprising representation 
from across the Group was formed to 
coordinate these activities. We focused our 
support during the year towards fundraising 
efforts for Ukraine, and our employees directly 
donated £35,000 which was matched by the 
Group so that a total of £70,000 was donated 
to charities on the ground in Ukraine. 

Other stakeholders

The Group recognises that it plays an important 
role in relation to many other stakeholders, 
including suppliers, governmental agencies 
and the wider public, which benefit directly 
or indirectly from its products and services. 
As one of the largest private sector enterprises 
headquartered in Northern Ireland, it is 
particularly aware of its responsibilities to 
maintain high standards in all aspects of its 
business. The Group regularly interacts with 
these stakeholders to understand their views 
and communicate its strategy and policies. 

FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023  |  11
FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023  |  11

Business review

Execution of strategy 
is delivering momentum

KX in particular has made strong commercial and strategic 
progress. Our price to performance advantage is particularly 
compelling for the hyperscale cloud providers, as evidenced by 
our partnerships with market leaders Microsoft and AWS. We 
have a range of initiatives that we are progressing with these 
and other partners that provide confidence in our outlook.

First Derivative also performed strongly in FY23, delivering 
impressive revenue growth of 18% for the period. We continue to 
see multi-year strategic growth drivers that underpin demand for 
our services. MRP, our smallest business unit, suffered from a weak 
demand environment for demand generation and we have aligned 
its cost base to enable a return to growth in EBITDA in FY24. 

We have set ourselves ambitious but sustainable growth targets 
for the years ahead which will ensure we are focused on driving 
high-quality recurring revenue growth from an expanding list of 
customers across a wide range of industries, while generating 
long term value for shareholders.

“ We are pleased with a year 
of strong execution on our 
strategy, with KX and First 
Derivative beating our 
expectations for FY23.”

Seamus Keating
Chief Executive Officer

Our values

No problem

No limits

No better

When others could say no, we say 
no problem. By working together 
to develop our skills, strategies 
and solutions we can deliver what 
has never been done before 
– and can solve problems that 
haven’t yet been solved.

Excel collectively. Grow 
individually. Belong globally. 
We are honest and to be true 
to ourselves, we share a 
responsibility to be the best we 
can be and to always do the right 
thing. To exceed limits, empower 
each other, and achieve great 
things together.

It is our belief that there is no 
smarter, kinder or better Company 
you could partner with – or be a 
part of. We understand the 
importance of balancing our 
professional and personal worlds 
– and in both we give our best, 
take time to give back and never 
give in.

12  |  FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023

Strategic reportPeople
The Group currently employs c. 3,000 people, similar to the 
number employed at the same time last year. Our employee 
policies are designed to enable us to attract and retain top 
talent and during the year we implemented a number of 
initiatives to assist these goals.

We continued to pay particular attention to learning and 
development, with a strong focus on leadership, as well as 
the Group’s culture. We introduced our Aspiring Leadership 
Programme, which offers a structured and practical path to fast 
track high-potential individuals into leadership roles, while we 
also appointed leaders to run our talent and people initiatives. 
We also evaluated and benchmarked every employee across 
the Group to ensure everyone is paid competitively.

We continue to evolve the ways in which our people connect 
and collaborate, with our latest annual engagement survey 
showing an increase in the number of our employees that feel 
engaged to 82%. During the year we completed the 
implementation of an Oracle Cloud Fusion ERP system that 
includes a Human Resources Information System, enabling 
us to work more strategically.

Outlook
KX and First Derivative both delivered strong growth in their 
KPIs for the year and are well placed to deliver on their potential 
following a year of execution of strategy. In KX the growing 
importance of time-series analytics and our ability to accelerate 
AI workloads, combined with our product and commercial 
strategies, are establishing us as a key component of modern 
data architecture. First Derivative continues to evolve its service 
offerings to assist customers with their strategic objectives and 
we expect this to enable growth ahead of its market. MRP’s 
performance is expected to improve following the alignment 
of its cost base, with growth expected to return when demand 
for demand generation increases.

“ We continue to evolve the ways 
in which our people connect 
and collaborate, with our latest 
annual engagement survey 
showing an increase in the 
number of our employees 
that feel engaged to 82%.”

FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023  |  13

Business unit review: KX

Accelerating the 
speed of AI-driven 
business innovation

Data Timehouse – where cloud data lakehouse 
and AI meet temporal data
Persistent and effective execution has been the hallmark of KX over 
the last financial year, in which the Company achieved or exceeded 
all key performance indicators outlined to the market. We 
committed to double-digit growth and delivered ahead of market 
expectations. The proportion of new bookings from our initiatives 
with the hyperscale cloud vendors, strategic products and/or OEM 
channel partners also met market expectations. This level of 
performance is encouraging given the backdrop of challenging 
macroeconomic conditions, and confirms we are making real 
progress to achieve the growth strategy outlined in FY22. 

Our mission is to accelerate the speed of AI-driven business 
innovation across all enterprises by helping them build a Data 
Timehouse. As per Gartner analyst Daryl Plummer in his keynote 
address, “The New Economics of Technology and Data”, 
enterprises should stop “force fitting” time into traditional data 
warehouses. A Data Timehouse is a new class of data and AI 
management platform designed for temporal data generated 
by digital transformation. It enriches traditional data warehouse 
and lakehouse stores for a more complete, real-time view of 
the business to enable better decision making at the speed of 
thought. With a Data Timehouse, developers, data scientists and 
engineers can deliver rich, informed insights from their data and 
applications – faster than ever before. Our results show 
momentum is clearly with us. However, there is still work to be 
done on our go-to-market strategy if we are to realise the rapid, 
transformative growth that we believe is achievable. 

Cloud computing is central to expanded use of data, but cloud 
costs are spinning out of control. Price to performance is where 
KX excels. From independent benchmarking exercises and 
customer feedback, we can deliver up to 100x the performance 
at 1/10th of the cost of alternative solutions, enabling businesses 
to spend less time wrangling with complex data pipelines 
and sprawling data architectures and more time driving 
mission-critical data science and application development 
activities for transformative results. 

“ Our mission is to accelerate 
the speed of AI-driven 
business innovation across all 
enterprises by helping them 
build a Data Timehouse.”

Ashok Reddy
Chief Executive Officer of KX

Discover more at kx.com

14  |  FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023

Strategic reportStrategic objectives and addressable market 
Our products address a sizeable portion of the big data, streaming 
analytics and data science and machine learning (DSML) markets, 
as well as the bulk of the time-series database market. Additionally, 
kdb+ vector based time-series analytics is a foundational 
technology for rapidly growing market segments including 
generative AI, with knowledge management, recommendation 
systems and similarity search use cases. According to PitchBook, 
investment in generative AI has increased considerably, seeing a 
425% jump from 2020, with $2.1bn invested in 2022 alone, while 
leading analyst firm Gartner cites adaptive AI systems as one of its 
top ten strategic trends of 2023. According to the Gartner report 
‘Measuring the Opportunity in the AI Software Market’, the total 
market opportunity for the AI software market alone is expected to 
be $134.8bn in 2025 with a four-year compound annual growth 
rate (2022-2025 CAGR) of 29.2%. Of this total addressable market, 
we estimate that our current serviceable market opportunity is 
approximately $34bn by 2025, taking into account the industries 
and geographic markets we are targeting.

While this is a crowded and complex competitive landscape, our 
strategy is to focus our product development and go-to-market 
efforts on solving a persistent and critical business problem that 
few, if any, of our competitors can address - namely, the 
intersection of fast data with big data volumes, involving time-
series data analytics and AI based on temporal data. By launching 
the industry’s first Data Timehouse, a new class of data and AI 
management platform designed to handle big fast data with a 
temporal component, we see a significant market opportunity to 
seize, define and own this segment of the data science market. 
We believe that the business is incredibly well placed to achieve 
this goal, targeting at least 35% year-on-year ARR growth.

The strategy for the year ahead therefore is to position KX, 
and specifically our kdb Insights family of products and Data 
Timehouse platform, as the high-performance data and 
AI management platform designed for temporal data and 
real-time analytics within the hyperscale cloud platforms, and 
also on premise and at the edge. We will focus on application 
developers, data engineers, data scientists and business users, 
opening up our technology and widening our user base 
through free trials, enhanced developer communities, and 
deeper interoperability with popular programming languages 
such as SQL and Python. 

In summary, I’m extremely pleased with how the business performed 
over the last financial year. While we have set ourselves ambitious 
growth targets for the year ahead, our goal to make KX the engine 
for time-series data and real-time analytics in the cloud, will 
ensure we stay focused on driving repeatable, recurring revenue 
from an ever-expanding base of users across a wide range 
of industries.

Delivering the industry’s first Data Timehouse 
on Microsoft Azure 
Our success to date rests on serving the needs of the most data 
and performance-intensive applications. Our pervasive adoption 
in financial services and other realms such as manufacturing, life 
sciences, and telecommunications is based on the power of kdb 
not only to process time-series data, but also to collect and 
integrate huge amounts of related information. This enables the 
traders to ask the quant team: “What new trading strategies may 
work given what the market is doing?” Unlike other approaches, 
the quants can provide an answer in hours, not days or weeks, 
because of the powerful arsenal of data engineering and data 
science capabilities kdb supports. 

Now almost all enterprises, regardless of sector or size, are 
struggling with ever expanding volumes of data, much of it machine 
generated and time-stamped. Trends such as observability are 
awakening a huge number of companies to the fact that they too 
can benefit from applications that allow the equivalent of new 
trading strategies to be discovered and implemented. 

The traditional data lake and data warehouse architectures are 
struggling to deliver on this opportunity as they prioritise data 
storage over modelling, intelligence, and insight. Enter the Data 
Timehouse, a game-changing new data management platform, 
developed by KX and championed by the major hyperscale 
cloud vendors and forward-thinking enterprises across all 
major industry sectors. 

A new class of data and AI management platform designed for 
temporal data generated by digital transformation, the Data 
Timehouse provides data scientists and application developers 
with precision access to temporal data on real-time and massive 
historical data sets enabling faster and more accurate analysis 
for enhanced business outcomes. And because it’s built 
specifically for time-series data, it delivers up to 100x the 
performance of alternative solutions at 1/10th of the cost. KX is at 
the forefront of this technology, offering modern enterprises a 
powerful solution to overcome the challenges of managing and 
extracting value from their time-series data. 

FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023  |  15

Business unit review: KX continued

KX in action

Revolutionising clinical trials with 
Syneos Health 
Syneos Health is a global contract research organisation that offers a range 
of services to help pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies develop 
and commercialise new drugs and medical devices. 

KX transformed the Company’s data infrastructure, building a low-latency, highly 
performant Data Timehouse running on Azure capable of running 100,000 
simultaneous simulations of clinical trials across 1 billion patients. KX also enabled 
Syneos Health to reduce its data science stack, avoiding multiple data silos and 
redundant data engineering, while at same time providing a single source of truth for 
clinical trial study data, delivering 100x the performance at 1/10th of the cost compared 
to alternative solutions. 

With time-series database and real-time analytics engine kdb at its core, KX 
was able to simplify and make sense of a sprawling and complex data landscape 
consisting of nearly 300 billion patient records for better, data-informed decision 
making. The result was that Syneos Health was able to cut millions of dollars in costs 
and years of delays and inefficiencies in its drug development and clinical trial 
process, which creates a defensible competitive advantage. 

This use case has important lessons for any organisation struggling to organise 
and manage huge heterogeneous data landscapes, apply data science, and build 
applications at scale. 

“ Our collaboration with KX and Azure has 
been instrumental in helping further 
advance our technology and data 
capabilities with the goal of accelerating 
development of new therapies for patients. 
Together, we are working to use the power 
of data analytics and AI to unblock data 
access and compute challenges, to 
compress both timeframes and costs. 
We are thrilled to take our work to the next 
level and deliver even stronger results for 
customers with kdb Insights Enterprise 
on Azure.”
Larry Pickett
Chief Information and Digital Officer, Syneos Health

16  |  FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023

KX in action

Driving business 
transformation for 
a tier 1 investment 
bank 
When a multi-national tier 1 investment 
bank needed a partner to design and 
execute a large-scale cloud migration 
project for its trading and quant data, 
it trusted KX thanks to its market-leading 
technology and unbeatable price 
versus performance. 

Delivering the fastest cloud migration 
Delivering the fastest cloud migration 
project in the bank’s history – taking just 
four months from design to completion 
– KX matched the performance of the 
previous on-premise solution at a fraction 
of the cost. With no disruption in service, 
users were switched over seamlessly to 
the new cloud based system with 
between 85% and 90% savings on 
storage and infrastructure costs. 

Moreover, the system has enabled the 
bank’s data science and quant teams to 
streamline operations, spending more 
time focusing on business outcomes 
as opposed to data management. 
This value-focused approach has already 
led to the bank being able to run new 
analysis patterns, unavailable on the 
previous solution. Running on the 
AWS platform, the solution also offers 
improved resilience which allows for 
greater levels of innovation from 
business users across the trading 
and quantitative functions. 

With migration to the cloud a top strategic 
priority for financial services firms, this use 
case demonstrates the extreme suitability 
and performance of KX’s technology to 
deliver transformative results. 

Strategic reportBusiness unit review: First Derivative

People augmented with 
data powered by technology 

Our ability to identify problems and get 
things done with a deeper impact sets 
us apart from larger consultancies and 
positions us for continued success. 

I’m extremely proud to reflect on the financial performance of 
First Derivative over the past year. Although market conditions 
became less favourable as the year progressed, the business 
rose to the challenge, delivering a strong set of results across 
all business lines. Revenue growth in the year was ahead of 
expectations, reflecting a solid demand environment and 
improvements to our delivery model. Digital transformation in 
the financial services sector continues at a pace. The move to 
the cloud is becoming a catalyst for change as clients look to 
completely rebuild their core software infrastructure and 
architectures. This is leading to increased demand for 
redevelopment, new capabilities, and the application of true 
DevOps practices. Additionally, the way data is being used and 
managed within organisations is changing dramatically, creating 
opportunities for more effective data management and analysis. 
Looked at as a whole, the market environment is enabling us to 
achieve greater value for our expertise and domain knowledge, 
which in FY23 resulted in improved margins despite the impact 
of wage inflation and attrition during the year.

All of this speaks directly to the core strengths of First 
Derivative’s offering, namely smart people, with deep domain 
expertise augmented by technology. Nowhere has this been 
more apparent than in our software engineering practice which 
saw impressive growth. Increased demand for our expertise 
allowed the business to expand operations, including bringing 
our office in Poland fully onstream. By integrating our engineering 
teams into our sales and delivery processes, we not only grew 
business with existing clients but have built a strong pipeline 
for the coming year. 

FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023  |  17

David Collins
Chief Executive Officer of First Derivative

Discover more at firstderivative.com

Business unit review: First Derivative continued

It’s important to note that, despite the uncertain market 
conditions, we saw strong demand for services from our core 
practice areas including our Know Your Customer (KYC) and 
banking operations teams. There will always be a need from banks 
for help in their core operational areas, such as integrating 
systems or migrating to a new platform. Again, our deep domain 
expertise and experience, position us favourably to clients.

We also completely revamped our regulatory reporting 
team which is generating some market-leading capabilities 
in regulatory compliance and reporting and, again, we expect 
to see strong growth in this are over the coming year. 

Underpinning our continued growth and success is our ongoing 
focus on restructuring how our teams are built and deployed, 
giving clients an end-to-end set of capabilities that not only 
ensure excellence in delivery but open up new business 
opportunities. A good example is our work in compliance 
functions such as surveillance, which are effectively turning into 
wider business intelligence functions because they are pulling 
huge quantities of live data from across an organisation. With 
the right people and the right technologies, we can build 
analytics engines in stream, delivering critical insights and 
driving value across an organisation. It’s this holistic approach 
that is paying real dividends and building strong momentum 
and pipeline for the new financial year. 

Overall, we have a great deal to be confident about in the 
current year. I believe that First Derivative is well positioned to 
continue to win business, both with existing clients and new 
customers. The complex nature of capital markets businesses, 
with a deep network of interlinked applications, requires not only 
technological expertise but also a deep understanding of the 
underlying business. Our ability to identify problems and get 
things done with a deeper impact sets us apart from larger 
consultancies and positions us for continued success. 

Strategic objectives and addressable market 
First Derivative is a specialist consulting firm operating in areas 
where expert knowledge is critical to success, whether it’s in 
the realm of business, technical, or both. With deep vertical 
expertise in capital markets, banking operations, and asset 
servicing, we offer specialised horizontal expertise in real-time 
data. Our team is equally at home with tick data, IoT, or any 
time-series data sets. At First Derivative, we bring together 
technical expertise and domain knowledge to deliver industry-
leading solutions for complex business and technical challenges. 

In managed services and consulting, Gartner estimates the total 
spend on IT services in banking will reach an estimated $761bn 
by 2025, of which we estimate more than $200bn is addressable 
by First Derivative. In addition, Forbes Magazine believes demand 
for technology, specifically cloud computing and Artificial 
Intelligence/ Machine learning, will continue to strengthen 
across the sector as more and more financial services 
organisations seek the agility and scalability required to 
adapt quickly to changing customer and regulatory needs.

18  |  FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023

First Derivative in action 

Streamlining deleverage 
programmes for banks 
First Derivative was tasked with executing a multi-year, 
multi-discipline deleverage and disposal programme for a 
UK banking client. The goal was to significantly reduce off 
balance sheets exposures including Non-Performing Loans 
(NPLS), Third Party Administrators (TPAs) and risk-weighted 
assets (RWAs), to free up tied capital. 

Over a four-year period (one year ahead of schedule), we 
delivered exceptional results and during the period the 
client saw the following reductions: TPAs by 85% (£258bn 
to £38bn), RWAs by 75% (£171bn to £42bn), and staff 
numbers by 92% (32,771 to 2,592). This was achieved 
through a combination of disposals, run-off, 
and impairments. 

Following this success, we expanded our services to 
Irish banking clients, where we have since partnered 
with numerous banks to sell over 25 performing and 
non-performing loan portfolios. In total, these portfolios 
amounted to nearly €50bn in outstanding balances. 
Our most recent project involved leading the exit of 
a long-standing client from the Irish market after 160 years. 

These complex programmes demand expertise 
across various functions, including PMO, data analytics, 
customer documentation, legal due diligence, customer 
communications and outreach, asset valuation, compliance 
and regulation, data migration, account closing, and 
records management. Throughout the process, we ensured 
compliance with all legal and regulatory requirements while 
keeping the rights and needs of customers at the core 
of our work. 

The successful completion of this project clearly 
demonstrates the ability of First Derivative to deliver 
value-driven, efficient deleverage and disposal programmes 
for banking clients, emphasising both legal compliance and 
customer centricity. 

Strategic reportBusiness unit review: MRP

Driving demand, scaling 
engagement and accelerating 
revenue for our customers 

An award-winning, analyst-recognised B2B marketing technology 
and tech-enabled services leader, MRP’s solutions help sophisticated 
organisations identify, prioritise, and target prospective buyers 
through a coordinated delivery of personalised digital and non-
digital engagement and manage these interactions throughout 
the buyer’s journey. 

Ultimately, MRP gives its clients the power to reach and 
connect to the right buying groups and decision makers across 
all key marketing channels at the right time, increasing revenue 
while cost effectively driving engagement globally and at scale.

FY23 financial performance was significantly below expectation, as 
customer budgets continue to remain under pressure due to the 
macroeconomic environment. Our revenue run rate has started to 
stabilise and, along with the steps that were taken to align the cost 
base, we expect the business to deliver an improved EBITDA 
performance for the current year. Given our long-term relationships 
with clients, we believe MRP has the opportunity to deliver revenue 
growth when B2B marketing budgets improve.

Strategic objectives and addressable market 
The addressable market for MRP’s products and services is 
considerable, with the Company serving six core vertical sectors: 
ABM, sales intelligence, data management, display advertising, 
content syndication and direct mail. We estimate, based on market 
sizing from multiple sources including Gartner, KBV Research and 
MarketsandMarkets, that this presents a total addressable market 
of some $25bn when considering CAGR growth for each sector. 

The strategy, therefore, is to continue to develop the power and 
functionality of the MRP Prelytix® ABM platform, consolidate 
offerings in established sectors such as display advertising and direct 
mail and take advantage of rapid growth in content syndication, sales 
intelligence and data management. Moreover, the omnichannel 
capabilities of MRP mean that clients can benefit from end-to-end 
campaigns running across all of the above sectors and the firm’s 
go-to-market strategy will be sharply focused on providing clients 
with fully integrated solutions.

FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023  |  19

MRP enables enterprise B2B sales and 
marketing leaders to accelerate engagement, 
demand, and pipeline revenue using a unique 
and powerful combination of technology, 
tech-enabled services, and robust 
orchestration capabilities. 

Discover more at mrpfd.com

Financial review

Strong growth in  
key business units

“ The Group delivered 

double-digit increases 
in both revenue and 
adjusted EBITDA.”

Ryan Preston
Chief Financial Officer

Revenue and margins
The table below shows the breakdown of Group performance by business unit for each of KX, First Derivative and MRP. 

FY23

First
 Derivative
£m

 KX
£m

80.2
(22.3 )

58.0
72%
(23.0 )
19.0

(4.0 )
(26.3 )
(11.1 )

16.6
21%

174.3
(127.0 )

47.3
27%
(0.4 )
0.4

—
(15.3 )
(15.4 )

16.7
10%

Group
£m

296.0
(173.7 )

122.3
41%
(27.1 )
23.1

(4.0 )
(50.9 )
(32.7 )

34.8
12%

MRP
£m

41.5
(24.4 )

17.0
41%
(3.7 )
3.7

—
(9.4 )
(6.2 )

1.4
3%

Group
£m

263.5
(157.3 )

106.1
40%
(21.1 )
18.6

(2.6 )
(47.4 )
(25.2 )

31.0
12%

FY22

First
 Derivative
£m

KX
£m

64.4
(19.9 )

44.5
69%
(18.6 )
16.1

(2.6 )
(23.6 )
(8.6 )

9.8
15%

148.0
(108.6 )

39.4
27%
(0.2 )
0.2

—
(14.5 )
(10.9 )

14.0
9%

MRP
£m

51.1
(28.8 )

22.2
44%
(2.3 )
2.3

—
(9.3 )
(5.7 )

7.3
14%

Group 
change

12%
10%

15%

28%
25%

54%
8%
30%

12%

Revenue
Cost of sales

Gross profit
Gross margin 
R&D expenditure
R&D capitalised

Net R&D
Sales and marketing costs
Adjusted admin expenses

Adjusted EBITDA
Adjusted EBITDA margin

The Group delivered double-digit increases in both revenue and adjusted EBITDA. Revenue growth was driven by strong growth 
in recurring revenue at KX and strong growth by First Derivative offset by a revenue decline in MRP as a result of difficult market 
conditions. This drove 15% growth in gross profit to £122.3m (FY22: £106.1m), with increasing scale and growth in higher margin 
revenues resulting in gross margin of 41% (FY22: 40%). We continue to invest in line with our strategic objectives, including 
investments in systems and people. In addition, inflationary cost pressures which increased admin expenses and the impact 
of MRP, resulted in adjusted EBITDA margin remaining at 12%. 

Revenue growth was boosted during the period by the strength of the dollar against sterling, our reporting currency, with constant 
currency revenue growth of 6%. Due to the natural hedge of our operations in the US the impact on profitability was marginal. 

20  |  FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023

Strategic report 
KX

Revenue
Recurring
Perpetual

Total software

Services
Gross profit
Adjusted EBITDA

KX total

Financial services

Industry

FY23
£m

80.2
57.6
1.6

59.1

21.1
58.0
16.6

FY22
£m

64.4
39.2
3.6

42.8

21.6
44.5
9.8

Change

25%
47%
(57% )

38%

(2% )
30%
70%

FY23
£m

67.9
50.2
0.2

50.4

17.5

FY22
£m

55.4
35.5
1.8

37.4

18.0

Change

23%
41%
(88% )

35%

(3%  )

FY23
£m

12.4
7.4
1.3

8.7

3.6

FY22
£m

9.1
3.7
1.8

5.4

3.6

Change

37%
102%
(24% )

61%

0%

KX delivered a strong performance in the year, with 25% revenue growth driven by 47% growth in recurring revenue to £57.6m, balanced 
by a 2% reduction in services to £21.1m. The growth was enabled by a near doubling of incremental annual contract value added to £18.7, 
resulting in 39% growth in ARR to £65.3m. Services revenue, related to the implementation of our software, declined marginally to £21.1m 
as we enabled our customers to achieve time to value more quickly, reducing the cost and complexity of adopting KX and increasing the 
return on investment for our customers. Revenue from perpetual license sales continues to decline following our decision in 2021 to focus 
exclusively on subscription sales for new customers, and now represents just 2% of KX revenue.

Financial services revenue grew by 23% to £67.9m, with recurring revenue up 41%. We continue to benefit from adoption of kdb 
Insights by existing and new customers, attracted by its performance, ease of use and rapid time to value, as well as native integration 
with important developer languages such as Python and SQL. 

Industry revenue grew by 37% to £12.4m with recurring revenue growing by 102% to £7.4m. Growth was led by subscription contracts 
across the healthcare, energy and manufacturing markets with both new and existing customers. 

Alongside the growth in ARR our go-to-market team was also engaged with partners, particularly Microsoft and AWS, on joint go-to-
market initiatives to support general availability of kdb Insights Enterprise on Microsoft Azure and kdb Insights on AWS FinSpace. 

Performance metrics

Annual recurring revenue (ARR) £m
Net revenue retention (NRR) 
Gross margin 
R&D expenditure as % of revenue
Sales and marketing spend as % of revenue
Adjusted EBITDA margin 

Change

39%

FY23

65.3
119%
72%
29%
33%
21%

FY22

47.0
106%
69%
29%
37%
15%

The annual contract value signed in the period was £18.7m, up 93% on the prior year (FY22: £9.7m) and driven by the growth in new 
subscription deals in the period and our work with partners. This resulted in ARR increasing by 39% to £65.3m. NRR of 119% is ahead 
of the 106% in FY22 and in line with our mid-term target of 120%, with customer churn remaining at low levels.

First Derivative

Revenue
Gross profit
Adjusted EBITDA

FY23
£m

174.3
47.3
16.7

FY22
£m

148.0
39.4
14.0

Change 

18%
20%
20%

Revenue for the period was £174.3m, with growth of 18% ahead of our target for the year of 15%. We saw the strongest growth in 
supporting our customers in their near shore operations, which are expanding as they pull offshore delivery work into centres such as 
Dublin. We believe our services are well aligned with our customers’ strategic priorities, with regulatory change, digital transformation 
and cost efficiency consistent themes.

Attrition and wage inflation rates were challenges across the industry during the year, which we managed effectively, although they 
did limit scope for margin improvement. We see an easing of these pressures in the year ahead in response to some caution from 
customers, as discussed in the Business Review. This is reflected in our guidance for lower revenue growth during the year, although 
reduced recruitment and onboarding costs and our growing scale should enable EBITDA margin progress.

FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023  |  21

 
 
Financial review continued

First Derivative continued
Performance metrics

Gross profit margin
Adjusted EBITDA margin

FY23

27%
10%

FY22

27%
9%

Gross margin was maintained at 27% for the year. Underlying this were increased costs in recruiting, training and deploying new consultants 
in response to industry-wide attrition pressures, mitigated by our ability to pass through wage inflation and the impact of delivering 
greater value from our expertise and domain knowledge. 

MRP

Revenue
Gross profit
Adjusted EBITDA

FY23
£m

41.5
17.0
1.4

FY22
£m

51.1
22.2
7.3

Change

(19%)
(23%)
(80%)

MRP derives revenue by combining cutting-edge predictive analytics with a full suite of account-based sales and marketing solutions. 
Throughout the year, concerns over the business outlook caused many of our customers to pause or reduce their demand generation 
activity, leading to a decline in revenue at MRP. 

While we took action to align costs during the year, adjusted EBITDA decreased to £1.4m (FY22: £7.3m). In response, MRP has implemented 
cost savings that have reduced annualised operating costs by c. £6.0m and as a result we expect an improved performance in adjusted 
EBITDA in FY24.

Performance metrics

Gross margin
Adjusted EBITDA margin

FY23

41%
3%

FY22

44%
14%

Gross margin declined slightly to 41% (FY22: 44%) as a result of lower services utilisation balanced by cost efficiencies in third-
party costs incurred in our display marketing offering. Admin expenses increased as we invested in upgrading cybersecurity 
protection, improved legal capability and incurred wage inflation.

Group performance 
Adjusted EBITDA
The reconciliation of operating (loss)/profit to adjusted EBITDA is provided below:

Operating (loss)/profit
Restructure and non-operational costs
Non-operational other income
Non-operational IT expenses*
Share based payment and related costs
Depreciation and amortisation

Adjusted EBITDA

FY23 
£m 

(1.5)
8.7
—
5.6
0.4
21.6

34.8

FY22 
£m 

6.4
3.1
(2.5)
2.3
1.7
20.1

31.0

*  Non-operational IT expenses represents ERP implementation costs that are required to be expensed under accounting standards.

Profit before tax
Adjusted profit before tax increased to £12.1m, with the increase in adjusted EBITDA partially offset by higher depreciation and software 
amortisation charges. Financing costs increased by £0.9m, reflecting a combination of higher interest rates partially offset as we 
continue to pay down debt.

The Group reported a loss before tax of £1.2m for the year, compared to a profit of £9.0m in FY22. The major factors were 
restructuring costs, particularly at MRP, the cost of implementing the Group’s new Oracle ERP system and one-off costs to 
address legacy employee tax liabilities while on assignment.

22  |  FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023

Strategic report 
 
The reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to reported profit before tax is provided below.

Adjusted EBITDA
Adjustments for:
Depreciation
Amortisation of software development costs 
Net financing costs 

Adjusted profit before tax
Adjustments for:
Amortisation of acquired intangibles
Share based payment and related costs 
Restructure and non-operational costs 
Non-operational other income
Non-operational IT expenses
Profit/(loss) on foreign currency translation
Share of profit of associate
Profit on disposal of associate
Net financing costs

Reported (loss)/profit before tax

FY23 
£m

34.8

(7.3)
(11.5)
(3.9)

12.1

(2.8)
(0.4)
(8.7)
—
(5.6)
2.1
—
3.0
(0.9)

(1.2)

FY22 
£m

31.0

(6.8)
(10.2)
(3.0)

11.0

(3.1)
(1.7)
(3.1)
2.5
(2.3)
(1.8)
0.3
7.0
0.2

9.0

(Loss)/earnings per share
The Group reported a loss after tax of £4.0m for the year, compared to a profit after tax of £6.4m in FY22. Adjusted profit after tax 
was £9.9m, an 8% increase on the prior year, resulting in a 9% increase in adjusted diluted earnings per share for the period to 35.3p.

The calculation of adjusted profit after tax is detailed below:

Reported (loss)/profit before tax
Tax

Reported (loss)/profit after tax
Adjustments from (loss)/profit before tax (as per the table above)
Tax effect of adjustments 
Discrete tax items

Adjusted profit after tax

Weighted average number of ordinary shares (diluted)
Reported (LPS)/EPS (diluted)
Adjusted EPS (diluted)

FY23 
£m

(1.2)
(2.8)

(4.0)
13.3
(2.4)
3.0

9.9

FY22 
£m

9.0
(2.6)

6.4
2.1
(1.3)
1.9

9.1

28.0m
(14.4p)
35.3p

28.0m
22.9p
32.3p

FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023  |  23

Financial review continued

Group performance continued
Cash generation and net cash (excluding lease liabilities)
The Group generated £33.5m of cash from operating activities before the exceptional Oracle ERP implementation cash outlay 
incurred during the year of £5.1m, representing a 96% conversion of adjusted EBITDA. We continued to focus on cash collection 
and working capital improvements and the target for the full year from operating activities’ cash conversion was in the range 
of 80-85% of adjusted EBITDA.

At the year end we had a net cash position of £0.4m, broadly unchanged from the prior year. The factors impacting the movement 
in net cash (excluding lease liabilities) are summarised in the table below:

Opening net cash/(debt) (excluding lease liabilities)

Cash generated from operating activities before non-operational IT expenses
Non-operational IT expenses

Cash generated from operating activities
Taxes paid
Capital expenditure: property, plant and equipment
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
Capital expenditure: intangible assets
Sale of other investments and associates
Investments
Issue of new shares
Interest, foreign exchange and other

Closing net cash (excluding lease liabilities)

FY23 
£m

0.3

33.5
(5.1)

28.5
(1.5)
(2.9)
—
(23.4)
0.1
8.1
3.1
(11.9)

0.4

FY22 
£m

(9.9)

29.9
(1.0)

28.9
(0.4)
(2.8)
0.9
(18.9)
11.0
0.1
0.8
(9.3)

0.3

The drivers of cash performance in FY23 were the increasing spend on research and development, of which £23.1m was capitalised, 
and the sale of our investment in Quantile Technologies, following the completion of its sale to LSEG during the year.

After the year end we refinanced our banking facilities, which had been due to expire in June 2024, on improved terms. The total 
facility remains at £130m and is entirely comprised of a revolving credit facility, replacing a £65m term loan and £65m revolving credit 
facility. The interest rate payable is SONIA/SOFR plus a fixed margin that depends on the level of debt relative to adjusted EBITDA. 
The margin on the new revolving credit facility is equal to 1.85% to 2.85%, this compares favourably to the previous margin of 2% 
to 3%. The lead arranger for the facility remains Bank of Ireland, with continued participation from Barclays and AIB and new 
participation from HSBC.

Definition of terms
The Group uses the following definitions for its key metrics:

 • Annual recurring revenue (ARR): the value at the end of the accounting period of recurring software revenue to be recognised 

in the next twelve months, formerly defined as “exit annual recurring revenue”. 

 • Annual contract value (ACV): the sum of the value of each customer contract signed during the year divided by the number of years 

in each contract.

 • Net revenue retention rate (NRR): is based on the actual revenues in the quarter annualised forward to twelve months and 

compared to the annualised revenue from the four quarters prior. The customer cohort is comprised of customers in the quarter 
that have generated revenue in the prior four quarters.

 • Adjusted admin expenses: is a measure used in internal management reporting which comprises administrative expenses per 
the statement of comprehensive income of £66.6m (FY22: £51.9m) adjusted for depreciation and amortisation of £21.6m 
(FY22: £20.1m), share based payments and related costs of £0.4m (FY22: £1.7m), restructure and non-operational costs of £8.7m 
(FY22: £3.1m), IT systems implementation costs expensed £5.6m (FY22: £2.3m) and other income £(2.4)m (FY22: £(0.5)m).

24  |  FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023

Strategic reportPrincipal risks and uncertainties

Delivering value 
through risk management

Effective risk management is core to our 
management practices that help deliver 
our strategy and our commitments to our 
customers. We are focused on conducting 
our business responsibly, safely, and legally, 
while making risk-informed decisions when 
responding to opportunities or threats that 
present themselves. With the leadership of 
the Board and guided by our risk appetite, 
we understand, prioritise, and manage our 
risks. Our risk management framework, 
which we have further enhanced this year, 
enables us to undertake this exercise with 
structure and rigour. 

Risk management framework (RMF) 
The primary objective of risk management is to ensure that the 
outcomes of risk taking activities are consistent with the Group’s 
strategic objectives, operating plans and risk appetite, and that 
there is an appropriate balance between risk and return. The 
RMF enables the Group to identify, assess, manage and monitor 
our risks. 

Risk identification and assessment 
We identify and assess risks at the Group and business unit 
level, along with horizon scanning for emerging risks. To enable 
better assessment, the identified risks are categorised into one 
or more of the following risk types: strategic, operational, 
financial or regulatory. 

Management assesses risks on a continuous basis. The Group 
adopts a qualitative and quantitative approach to measuring 
and scoring risks using the Group risk matrix. A risk probability 
and impact matrix are applied to arrive at the inherent risk score. 
The risk assessment is then repeated with the application of 
controls, taking into account the overall effectiveness of the 
controls in arriving at the residual risk score. 

Risk management and controls 
Risk management strategies have been developed and 
implemented for all significant risks. These strategies include 
robust controls, policies and procedures and financial reserves. 

Risk monitoring 
A plan is agreed with the Audit and Risk Committee to ensure 
key controls are tested regularly and any incidents reported 
result in a reassessment of the risks and controls. The Group 
maintains up-to-date information on its main risks and controls 
which the Board and the Audit and Risk Committee review and 
agree on a regular basis. Appropriate reporting procedures and 
feedback loops ensure that risk management is actively 
monitored and managed by all relevant personnel, the Executive 
Committee, the Audit and Risk Committee and the Board. 

Risk appetite 
The purpose of the Risk Appetite Statement (RAS) is to 
express the level and nature of risk the Group is willing to accept 
in achieving its strategic objectives. The RAS is used to guide 
strategy execution, decision making and planning processes. 
The RAS is reviewed and approved at least annually by the 
Board, on the recommendation of the Audit and Risk 
Committee, with periodic review of the RAS occurring in the 
event of changes to the Group’s activities or operating environment. 

FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023  |  25

Principal risks and uncertainties continued

FD Technologies employs a three lines model to manage risk

Board, Audit and Risk Committee, Executive Committee

First line 
Identify  
Manage
Own

Business units

Second line 
Advise 
Support 
Challenge

Legal functions
Finance functions
Infosec functions
HR functions

Third line 
Independent 
Objective 
Assurance

Internal audit
Appointed external advisers

The Group uses the “three lines of defence” model to structure roles, responsibilities 
and accountabilities for risk and control activity, including risk governance and risk 
based decision making. The model distinguishes between:

Oversight 

First line 

The Board and the Audit and Risk Committee are the primary 
stakeholders served by the “three lines of defence” model.

Responsible for identifying, managing and owning risks. 
First line refers to all of the business functions which carry 
out the day-to-day operations of the Group and whose 
activities require personnel to operate in accordance with 
and adhere to the required risk policies and frameworks.

Second line (“central functions”) 

Third line (“independent advisers”) 

Develops, maintains and ensures implementation of control 
policies and frameworks across the Group along with 
monitoring, advising, challenging and supporting front line 
business units (i.e. the First line). Includes functions such 
as legal, finance and infosec.

Provides the Board and management with independent, 
objective assurance that the policies and frameworks in 
place are appropriate, proportionate and adequately 
adhered to across the Group in the First and Second lines. 
Includes internal audit and appointed external advisers.

26  |  FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023

Strategic reportRisk factors

Risk

Potential impact

Mitigation

Attracting and retaining talent
As a software and consultancy provider, the 
Group is dependent on the skill, experience 
and commitment of its employees, which 
places huge importance on the recruitment, 
development and retention of key staff. It is 
also important to align the current and 
future resourcing levels and capabilities with 
the changing needs of the Group and our 
customers. The success of the Group is built 
upon effective teams that consistently 
deliver superior performance. If the Group 
cannot attract, retain or develop suitably 
qualified, experienced and motivated 
employees, this could have an impact 
on business performance. 

The long-term performance of the 
Group would be adversely affected if 
we fail to attract, develop and retain 
staff in a highly competitive labour 
environment and if the required 
staffing levels of sufficient calibre 
are not achieved and sustained. 
There is the potential to impact the 
achievement of the Group’s strategic 
objectives in the event that the 
current and future resourcing levels 
and capabilities are not aligned with 
the needs of our customers. There 
is also the potential for short-term 
revenue impact if staffing levels fall 
below the level required to service 
customer demand.

Change over prior year

Increased 

Cybersecurity 
The Group is at risk of financial loss and/or 
reputational damage relating to breaches of 
IT security policies and controls, including 
unauthorised access to confidential data or 
technology disruption to our Group or client 
IT systems and platforms. 

Change over prior year

Unchanged 

The risk has implications which 
include operational disruption to 
critical IT systems and platforms, 
client exposure through cyber-attacks 
and significant data leakage. 

This could lead to potential litigation 
and regulatory actions as well as 
commercial implications including loss 
of customer confidence, reputational 
damage, contractual impact and 
negative publicity.

Competition and markets
External factors, outside the direct influence 
of the Group, including economic cycles, 
inflation and market trends, could 
significantly impact on performance in 
a competitive and cyclical market 
environment. These factors could also 
impact the suitability of our products, 
services and solutions to meet current and 
future client requirements. This makes it 
more difficult to forecast future demand 
from clients. 

The Group’s resourcing decisions 
could lead to excess staff levels 
reducing profitability in the short term, 
or underinvestment in our products, 
services and solutions, leading to 
missed commercial opportunities  
and/or client dissatisfaction. This may 
result in a weakening of our market 
position. Demand for our services 
could decrease and, consequently, 
revenues decline in the event of 
a global economic downturn or 
political unrest.

Change over prior year

Unchanged 

The Group maintains a constant focus on this area 
with competitive remuneration packages and a 
strong commitment to training and career 
development. The Group has structured succession 
plans in place. Our policies and procedures are 
reviewed and regularly updated by Group Human 
Resources, divisional leaders and the executive 
team. The Group also has systems in place to 
accurately forecast demand requirements including 
the level of recruitment and the types of skills/
expertise required to meet client requirements. 
Should a mismatch occur, the Group has 
contingency plans in place that would cover the 
period until sufficiently skilled additional staff can 
be recruited and trained. 

As a provider of software to leading financial 
services organisations around the world, the 
Group is required to operate stringent IT and 
cybersecurity practices. The Group has 
extensive documented policies to mitigate risk 
in these domains. To provide assurance on the 
effectiveness of these policies, the Group has, 
in certain cases, adopted SSAE 18 SOC1, 
a standard from the American Institute of 
Certified Public Accountants, on the effectiveness 
of the IT security controls. The Group recently 
renewed its Cyber Essentials Plus accreditation. 
Material investment has been undertaken in 
upgrading the security infrastructure of the 
Group as detailed in the Report of the Audit 
and Risk Committee. 

The Group addresses the impact of these 
external factors through a focus on strong 
financial management, a broad spread of 
products and customers across the divisions, 
regular reviews of our products and services, 
and careful geographic expansion. In addition, 
the Group’s careful and select expansion into 
new industries reduces our exposure to 
sector-specific impacts.

FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023  |  27

Principal risks and uncertainties continued

Risk

Potential impact

Mitigation

This risk has implications in terms 
of potential litigation and regulatory 
actions as well as commercial 
implications resulting from loss 
of customer confidence and 
negative publicity.

Intellectual property infringement
The Group’s intellectual property (IP) is 
centred around the software and services 
it develops for customers. The Group has to 
manage the risk of infringing a third party’s 
intellectual property rights in the development 
of its software and services. If this risk is 
not managed effectively, it could result 
in a violation or breach of protected 
intellectual property. 

Change over prior year

Reduced 

Technology
Technological advancements in the 
software industry, which are constantly 
evolving and ever changing, could result 
in increased competition or potential 
obsolescence of our current products. 

Change over prior year

Unchanged 

In order to remain competitive, it is 
essential that the Group’s products, 
services, technology and solutions are 
up to date and our development plans 
are flexible. This risk has implications 
in terms of the ability of our products, 
services, technology and solutions 
to address current and future 
customer requirements. 

Political, regulatory and compliance 
Long-term changes in the global political 
environment and societal expectations 
are leading to greater regulation of 
businesses and potential penalties. 
Further, the war in Ukraine has increased 
political complexities. 

Change over prior year

Unchanged 

Failure to comply with legal and other 
requirements in an increasingly 
regulated and complex political 
environment results in fines, criminal 
penalties, consequential litigation, and 
an adverse impact on our reputation, 
financial results, and/or our ability to 
do business. 

Failure to address and monitor these 
risks could impact the financial 
performance of the Group. 

The Group has policies and procedures in 
place to protect against the risk of intellectual 
property infringement. These policies and 
procedures are reviewed on a periodic basis 
by senior management. The Group enters 
into formal non-disclosure agreements with 
employees, independent contractors and third 
parties in the ordinary course of its business. 
Staff are made aware of the importance of client 
confidentiality and the requirements in this 
area. Employment and consultancy contracts 
have clauses to protect intellectual property 
rights and these are regularly reviewed with 
external counsel to ensure that they are suitable. 
The Group actively monitors the use of 
third-party software in its product offerings. The 
choice of third-party components is subject to 
technical review and assessment at design stage. 

The Group makes significant ongoing 
investments in technological research and 
development to proactively develop new and 
enhanced capabilities within our software 
offerings. This allows for the identification of, 
and adaptation to, any technological changes 
that occur externally, thereby ensuring that the 
Group’s products continue to meet our clients’ 
requirements and our technology and 
information systems meet our requirements. 
Our product teams meet with actual and 
prospective clients to consider product 
roadmap developments whilst the KX user 
community provides similar feedback. 
In addition to our central research and 
development team, the Group constantly 
evaluates technology trends and new 
software product opportunities. A technology 
sub-committee, comprised of Non-Executive 
Directors and executive management, exists to 
address this risk, as well as assessing emerging 
opportunities to ensure our technology 
maintains its leadership position.

The Group has policies and procedures in place 
to constantly monitor international relations, 
macroeconomics, geopolitical events and global 
trends in all of the jurisdictions in which it 
operates. The Group is confident that it has the 
foresight and flexibility in its operations and 
legal team to mitigate the material impact of 
any potentially negative consequences 
stemming from international operations. The 
impact of the war in Ukraine is being carefully 
monitored for its impact on our clients, suppliers 
and employees and appropriate diligence is 
being undertaken to ensure compliance with 
sanctions as they apply.

28  |  FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023

Strategic report 
Risk

Potential impact

Mitigation

If the correct level of investment in 
people and technology is not maintained 
it is possible that the quality of the 
Group’s service offering will drop and/
or cost control and operational 
effectiveness will deteriorate. 

The Group has a programme of continual 
investment in all aspects of the business 
(operational, financial and management controls, 
reporting systems and procedures and training 
programmes). This is constantly reviewed and 
monitored to ensure that the Group can continue 
to maintain the high standards of customer 
service. As a result of the constant focus, the 
Group can ensure that the level of investment is 
relative to the growth of the Group and that 
optimum operational efficiency is achieved. 
Delivery models have been evolved to provide 
greater resourcing flexibility in the provision of 
growing services to our clients.

The consequences of failure to 
update controls and processes for 
changes in the business mean that it 
is possible that key risks will not be 
appropriately mitigated. There is also 
a potential for inaccurate reporting 
and fraudulent events to occur which 
could damage the Group’s reputation. 

The Group has processes and procedures in 
place which act as controls to mitigate risk. The 
Group has completed the implementation of its 
new enterprise resource planning (ERP) system 
which further enhances internal controls. The 
ERP implementation has introduced streamlined 
and enhanced business processes with process 
documentation updated accordingly. 

An internal audit function has been established 
with an agreed twelve month work plan.

Management of growth
As the Group continues to experience 
strong growth, there is a risk that if this 
growth accelerates exponentially (without 
being controlled and managed effectively), 
the Group may not be in a position to maintain 
the high standards of customer service that 
our customers are accustomed to. 

Change over prior year

Unchanged 

Internal controls 
The Group’s resources and finances must 
be managed in accordance with rigorous 
standards and stringent controls. A failure 
to meet those standards and implement 
appropriate controls may result in the 
Group’s resources being improperly utilised 
or its financial statements being inaccurate 
or misleading. There is also a risk that the 
Group could suffer financial loss owing to 
fraudulent activity or unauthorised access 
to or misuse of Group bank accounts and/or 
other resources leading to the loss of funds.

Change over prior year

Unchanged 

Data privacy 
We hold customer and colleague personal 
data. Although the threat landscape has 
been ever changing, the risk remains 
unchanged. We continue to monitor and 
manage the risk closely, through robust 
governance and oversight mechanisms. 

Change over prior year

Unchanged 

Failure to comply with legal or 
regulatory requirements relating 
to data privacy in the course of 
our business activities results in 
reputational damage, fines, or other 
adverse consequences. These can 
include criminal penalties and 
consequential litigation which may 
result in adverse impacts on our 
financial performance or unfavourable 
impacts on our ability to do business. 

Our data privacy policies and processes 
(including privacy notices, records of 
processing, impact assessments and data 
governance) establish how we protect and 
appropriately use personal data. We recognise 
the importance of ongoing training and 
communication to raise awareness of good 
data handling practices, and to help prevent 
personal data incidents. We carry out regular 
induction, awareness, and refresher training 
for our colleagues. 

Failure to address this risk could result 
in key processes and systems being 
unavailable in the event of a significant 
incident affecting their availability. 

The Group has resiliency built into its critical IT 
systems/processes and maintains backup and 
recovery capabilities as well as testing to ensure 
availability is not interrupted or adversely 
affected. Key IT systems including the ERP and 
CRM are cloud based with resilience established 
which helps to mitigate loss of service risk. 

Business continuity 
The Group is exposed to risks that, should 
they materialise, may give rise to the 
interruption of critical business processes 
that could adversely impact the Group and/ 
or its customers. There is also a risk that the 
IT systems and infrastructure may be affected 
by loss of service or system availability 
which impacts the provision of services 
to customers. 

Change over prior year

Unchanged 

Emerging risks 
Our emerging risks are reported to the Audit and Risk Committee alongside our principal risks. We conduct horizon scanning to 
enable a medium and longer-term view of emerging risks to our business including feedback from customers, reviewing external 
publications and discussions with our advisers. We are currently tracking several emerging risk themes including technological, 
political, and economic. We continue to monitor the risk indicators on a periodic basis for these emerging risks.

FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023  |  29

 
Corporate responsibility and sustainability

We are a people 
front and centre business

We take pride in being a people-first business. Whether it is servicing our customers, 
engaging our colleagues or supporting our local communities, a people-centric 
approach is at the core of our sustainability approach.

Our priorities 

Our sustainability focus continues to be centred on those areas that have the greatest impact 
on our strategy. We believe that acting responsibly is the key to delivering long-term success 
and goes right to the heart of our values and culture as an organisation. We have identified our 
core pillars of sustainability as being Our People, Our Environment and Our Communities, as 
outlined below with references to the applicable UN Sustainable Development Goals. We are 
committed to building on the efforts outlined below to ensure that we continue to adopt best 
practices across the entire spectrum of the Group’s activities. 

Our People

Our Environment 

Our Communities 

We have always had a strong focus 
on our people, recognising that they 
provide the key to our success. 

We take our environmental 
responsibilities seriously and we 
continuously strive to embed these 
in our operating model. We aspire 
to apply sustainability management 
standards equal to the Group’s 
business ambitions.

Giving back goes to the core of 
our Group. We strive to make a 
difference in the communities we 
operate in globally with a particular 
focus on giving back to charities 
and collaborating with local 
educational initiatives. 

30  |  FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023

Strategic reportOur People – creating the world’s most 
rewarding employee experience

Evaluated and benchmarked every 
employee across the business to make sure 
everyone is being paid competitively and 
fairly for the critical work that they do

Successful implementation of our new 
Human Resources Information System 
(HRIS), Oracle Cloud Fusion, to help us 
work more strategically

Over 
81,600 
hours of accredited learning undertaken

Sustainable engagement at 
82% 
showing that our employees are engaged, 
enabled and energised

Attracting top talent
During the year, we embarked on a people brand awareness 
programme to promote the employee experience across the 
Group. With an ongoing “war on talent” globally, attracting the 
right people remains critical to our ongoing success. We have 
invested heavily in our talent acquisition team to ensure we 
continue to remain strategically aligned to the Group’s goals. 
We continue to attract a high number of applications with 
12,500 in FY23 (FY22: 12,000) and we hired 928 people during 
the year (FY22: 1,118). Several of these hires were for key strategic 
roles across the Group. In order to ensure our approach to talent 
acquisition is sustainable we have greatly reduced our use of 
recruitment agencies and directed our investment into our 
global talent acquisition team.

Creating a culture of learning and development 
We strive to continuously create a culture of learning and 
development for all of our people. By creating an inspirational 
place to work we empower our people to fulfil individual career 
ambitions whilst simultaneously increasing the rate of growth in 
our business. Our focus is on the continued development of our 
people with high levels of engagement in our learning and 
development offerings. We continued to enhance both our 
internal and external training offerings to ensure the training 
needs of both our business and our people were met. 

This has been a transformative year for us with a clearer 
strategic focus on employee development. Last year we 
introduced our People Management model, enhanced our 
continuous ongoing review programme and introduced a route 
to self-promotion. We shifted the focus to empower our people 
to fuel their own growth and development and we see this as 
key to our longer-term success. 

People Manager model 

Performance 

Leadership programmes  Development tools 

Last year we introduced the 
People Manager model and 
this year we developed this 
by rolling out professional 
and personal development 
training to equip 500 + People 
Managers to support their 
teams and colleagues across 
the business. The model 
seeks to establish consistent 
engagement and people 
management practices across 
our business and ensures that 
every colleague is allocated 
a People Manager.

We shifted our focus from a 
traditional annual review to 
delivering continuous, regular 
on-the-pulse feedback. 

We have also enhanced our 
promotion process across 
the Group and for the first 
time introduced the ability for 
our people to self-nominate 
for promotion.

We have designed two 
bespoke programmes to 
offer structured and practical 
training for both our high-
potential leaders (Aspiring 
Leadership Programme) 
and our Senior leaders 
(Leadership Excellence 
Programme). By constantly 
upskilling our People we are 
ensuring we have a pipeline 
of talent primed to take on 
leadership roles in the future. 

and recognition

This year we introduced a richly 
integrated performance 
management tool which 
facilitates the ongoing 
engagement with people 
and allows for 360-degree 
feedback and also recognition 
on a timely basis. 

FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023  |  31

Corporate responsibility and sustainability continued

Neurodiversity
As a Group we appreciate that neurodiversity is an essential 
form of human diversity. To the Group, the idea that there is one 
“normal” or “healthy” type of brain or mind or one “right” style 
of neurocognitive functioning is no more valid than the idea that 
there is one “normal” or “right” gender, race or culture. This year 
we put neurodiversity on our agenda for the first time and took 
key steps to start the process of embedding this awareness 
across the Group, including Neurodiversity training to all of our 
senior managers and ‘Just A Minute’ training to over 800 of our 
people. This training allows people with a learning difficulty, 
autism or a communication barrier to tell others they need ‘Just 
a Minute’ discreetly and easily. We have also partnered with the 
NOW Group, a social enterprise supporting people with learning 
difficulties and autism into jobs with a future. 

Empowering employee voice — employee engagement
We are now in the fourth year of running our annual engagement 
survey. There are many positives to take from the Group results 
including sustainable engagement being at 82%, showing us that 
our employees are engaged, enabled and energised. However, we 
accept that there is still work to do around enhancing reward and 
benefits. The investments made in learning and development 
together with people development initiatives are all aimed at 
empowering our colleagues to progress their careers and achieve 
their own personal development goals. We strive to ensure our 
people are engaged and we believe that open and interactive 
communications are key in cultivating an engaged workforce. 
Our approach to employee engagement is all encompassing 
from regular town-halls to people recognition awards. 

Our People continued

Reward and recognition
The post-pandemic climate saw a “war on talent” and in order to 
remain competitive and appealing we continued to prioritise our 
reward and recognition strategy. As part of this we evaluated 
and benchmarked all roles across the business to make sure our 
people were being paid competitively and fairly for the important 
work that they do. We value effort and excellence and recognise 
that we have an exceptionally talented and diligent team, which 
cares passionately about the work it does and the service it 
provides to clients. 

Cultivating a culture of wellbeing
To ensure our people are fully supported we commit to a People-
Care approach. We have an all -encompassing approach to 
wellbeing to ensure we are addressing the five pillars of wellbeing 
(financial, physical, mental, emotional and environmental). From 
global wellbeing seminars to issuing mental health first aid training 
to all managers we have introduced a raft of measures to ensure 
that the wellbeing of our people is a priority. 

Actively promoting inclusion and diversity at all levels
This year we were honoured to be awarded the Silver accreditation 
from Diversity Mark NI. The Diversity Mark accreditation is a 
“Mark of Progress” that recognises our progress with inclusion 
and diversity across the Group. We pride ourselves on the 
diverse, inclusive and vibrant team that we have built and to 
ensure they remain at the very heart of what we do we will 
continue to embed networks and support initiatives across 
the Group to support multiple diverse groups.

Our diversity efforts 
Gender diversity remains a challenge within the wider industry, 
where just approximately 19% of roles are undertaken by women 
(Tech Nation, 2022). During the year, the proportion of women in 
the Group increased to 30% (FY22: 29%). We remain committed 
to improving the proportion of women in the Group with focused 
talent acquisition campaigns alongside the delivery of key initiatives 
such as our internal Strive Mentorship programme and our 
corporate partnership with the Lean-In Foundation, which is 
an initiative designed to get small groups of women together 
regularly for peer mentorship. We also ensure our Women’s 
Network continues to embed with the appointment of an 
executive sponsor. 

In addition to our efforts to increase our gender diversity we also 
have two further established networks — FD Pride, representing 
our LGBTQIA+ community, and FD Multicultural, representing 
our ethnic diversities across the Group. We have executive 
sponsorship of these networks and we have also embedded 
representation from all parts of the Group with the nomination 
of network representatives. We continue to drive engagement 
in these networks with a calendar of events to mark key celebrations 
including Pride and Diwali. We recognise that developing our 
allies across the Group will be key to the furtherance of our 
diversity objectives. Subsequently, we have issued mandatory 
diversity and inclusion training together with unconscious basis 
training to all of our people. 

32  |  FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023

Strategic reportOur Environment — committed 
to a sustainable future 

All of our people have access 
to hybrid working

Focus on location strategy to reduce 
travel-related carbon emissions

24% 
reduction in energy usage emissions

Commitment to provide environmental 
awareness training to all of our people

As a provider of technology and professional services, the 
Group’s direct operations have a minimal impact on the environment. 
Nonetheless, as the technology sector is forecasted to continually 
grow, its ability to contribute to global emissions will naturally 
increase. Therefore, we are committed to reducing our 
environmental impact. This is central to our relationship with 
our shareholders, our people, our clients and our communities. 
The Group recognises that the business community has a 
responsibility to act to preserve our environment and we are 
committed to play our part, by minimising the impact our 
operations have on the environment.

Our approach to the Task Force on Climate-related 
Financial Disclosures (TCFD)
We understand that climate change is an increasingly significant 
issue for our regulators, investors and clients, and the Task Force 
on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) recommendations 
provide an important framework for recognising, evaluating and 
disclosing the associated risks and opportunities. We commit 
to publishing annual climate disclosures commencing in 2024. 
We will adopt an effective TCFD aligned climate disclosure to ensure 
that we comply with the UK Government’s mandate that listed 
companies should disclose according to TCFD recommendations. 

Hybrid working — the future of work
To us, hybrid working is about merging remote and office based 
working, giving our people greater flexibility to work in the 
location that best suits them, taking into consideration the 
needs of their role, their work, their team members, and our 
clients. Aside from supporting our people to work effectively 
in a more flexible manner, hybrid working also provides us with 
a unique prospect to considerably decrease our environmental 
impact especially with regards to business travel and employee 
commuting, which are significant contributors to our environmental 
impact. Our entire workforce has the opportunity for hybrid 
working and this has had a positive impact on the environment. 

Location strategy
Following the onset of the Covid-19 pandemic we significantly 
reviewed our location strategy. Our focus was to localise our 
employees in region following a short-term deployment, driven 
by our motivation to help streamline our operational processes 
across the Group together with reducing the impact that 
short-term secondments have on the Group’s carbon footprint.

Reducing our energy usage
Ahead of any detailed emissions analysis that the Group may 
make in the future, it is required to report its energy use and 
impact under the Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting 
(SECR) regulations. 

During the year, we focused our efforts on ensuring the environmental 
efficiency of our corporate real estate, particularly during the 
refurbishment and upgrade of our Newry office completed in 
June 2022, in which we upgraded insulation and ensured the 
use of energy efficient lighting. Further, due to our hybrid 
working model we were able to consolidate our Belfast office 
by one floor meaning that our energy usage naturally decreased. 
During FY23 we implemented the enhancement of our data 
collection processes so we can publish a more comprehensive 
data set in relation to our environmental impact, whilst 
completing ESOS phase 2. In 2023, we will further be setting out 
a clear and robust environmental strategy, including the targets 
by which our progress will be measured, whilst working towards 
ESOS phase 3 compliance. Working with our internal 
sustainability team to implement an Environmental Management 
System, the plan will involve a detailed audit of our material 
impacts and a way forward that reflects our growing business.

FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023  |  33

Corporate responsibility and sustainability continued

Our Environment continued

Reducing our energy usage continued
For FY23 the UK energy used was 702,325 kWh (FY22: 927,986 
kWh/FY21: 1,013,140 kWh) showing the impact of the efforts to 
increase environmental efficiency. Using the UK Government’s 
GHG Conversion Factors Guidance to calculate the quantity of 
emissions provides scope 2 emissions of 148 (FY22: 195/FY21: 
257) tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent, representing a 24% 
reduction in emissions over the prior year. The SECR regulations 
require a statement of relevant intensity ratios, which are 
an expression of the quantity of emissions in relation to a 
quantifiable factor of the business activity. The Group has 
identified two such intensity ratios, set out below. 

Intensity ratios for the year to 28 February 2023 (tonnes of CO2e per unit)
Total revenue

Employees

0.00 (FY23)

0.00 (FY22)

0.00 (FY21)

0.05 (FY23)

0.07 (FY22)

0.10 (FY21)

Environmental benefits 
of KX technology
Our customers across industries typically use KX as an analytics 
platform to enable them to reduce waste and improve yield 
and for predictive maintenance. Not only is KX an enabler 
of environmentally friendly operations, in addition we have 
benchmarked ourselves as up to 100x more efficient than 
competing streaming analytics technologies and have seen 
reductions in our customers’ electricity, cooling, space and 
hardware requirements in the range of 80–90% against our 
competitors. We are rightly proud of the undoubted 
environmental benefits that KX delivers through its energy and 
environmental efficiency and we have continued to focus efforts 
on ensuring KX remains the most efficient streaming analytics 
technology available. 

34  |  FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023

Strategic report 
Our Communities — creating 
a culture of partnership

£35,000 
donated by the Group to our three 
chosen charities in support of Ukraine

Over 
£40,000 
donated to a range of charities 
by employees during the year

Social committees in each region 
to support charity initiatives in all 
of our offices

We have developed several key 
partnerships across social, 
charitable and educational sectors 

Whilst our business operates internationally, all of our people remain 
rooted in the communities where they live and work and helping 
those less fortunate has been at our core for more than 20 years. 

Charity 
To coordinate our charity activities, we have established a charity 
policy with the aim of being a good neighbour in the communities 
in which we operate and to use the energies and talents of our 
people in charitable fundraising activities.

A team comprising representation from across the Group has been 
formed to coordinate these activities. We focused our support 
in FY23 towards fundraising efforts for Ukraine; our employees 
directly donated £35,000 and this sum was matched by the Group 
so that an overall sum of £70,000 was donated to charities on the 
ground in Ukraine. Furthermore, our people have also participated 
in a variety of volunteering activities. The Group remains committed 
to investing in youth development, and we continue to promote 
and support our people in providing mentorship and career 
advice via several partnerships within our communities. 

In addition to fundraising events, the Group also encourages our 
people to contribute to charities of their choice through a payroll 
giving scheme under which donations are taken tax free from 
their monthly salary.

Community involvement
The Group also engages with its local communities by supporting 
initiatives to train and develop talent. Examples include support 
at both school and university level to assist with developing 
business and technology skills and to shape the curriculum to 
ensure they are relevant to modern business requirements. We 
have also developed several partnerships in connection with our 
communities, particularly with a number of universities across the 
UK and Ireland. We have also partnered with several education 
based initiatives such as Young Enterprise and Business in 
the Community.

Responsible operations — our approach to governance
The Group takes seriously its responsibilities to operate ethically 
and responsibly, and this commitment is demonstrated through 
a range of policies, with supporting governance in place. 

The Group is committed to the highest standards of security 
and privacy and is conscious that these matters are of great 
importance to our stakeholders, such as people, customers 
and partners. We regard the development and maintenance 
of privacy and security infrastructure as critical to promoting the 
sustainable development of the industrialised world because it 
helps to promote individual wellbeing, supports equality, avoids 
discrimination and empowers all genders through confidentiality 
of their information. Privacy and security are also essential to 
successful partnerships, which can then progress towards 
sustainable development through cooperation with confidence 
that shared information is managed safely.

Security business practices 
We work with, support and engage with many large organisations 
from a multitude of sectors who manage sensitive and confidential 
data. As such, our adherence to high levels of IT and information 
security is imperative. To ensure compliance with best practices 
we continue to certify to the UK Government-backed cybersecurity 
frameworks Cyber Essentials and Cyber Essentials Plus, testing 
our controls, standardisation, and procedures. Our controls, 
policies and procedures take a defence-in-depth and risk based 
approach to secure — access controls, endpoint and network 
protection, environmental controls, IT system architecture, 
remote access policies, multifactor authentication, single 
sign-on, password protection policies, back-up policies, quality 
assurance, supply chain governance, change controls and 
system support. All of our people undergo stringent pre-
employment screening to ensure secure user onboarding and 
must then routinely complete IT security and awareness training 
to highlight the risks of a modern security climate. 

FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023  |  35

 
Corporate responsibility and sustainability continued

Our Communities continued

Security business practices continued
This informs users of the potential impact a cyber-attack could 
have, and the steps required to reduce the risk of cyber-crime 
infiltration and data exfiltration. Regular phishing campaigns 
are undertaken to understand user risk and subsequent 
failure training, while incident response exercises, alongside 
penetration and vulnerability testing of environments, 
ensure we remediate any platform, process, or system risks. 

Training
Delivering robust and regular training is essential to ensure our 
workforce understands our policies and regulations that apply 
to them. In addition to cybersecurity training, it is mandatory for 
each employee to complete the following courses: Anti-Money 
Laundering and Counter-Terrorist Financing, Anti-Bribery and 
Anti-Corruption, Discrimination and Harassment, General Data 
Protection Regulation (GDPR) and Global Code of Conduct. 
We maintain a quarterly schedule of mandatory training for 
both new starters and existing employees with training 
completion rates tracked, followed up and reported to 
the Executive Committee.

Privacy business practices 
The Group has privacy policies and practices in place designed 
to deliver compliance with privacy and data protection law, 
including GDPR, to protect the personal information held by 
the Group relating to stakeholders including clients, partners, 
prospective people and digital/mobile visitors. Our privacy 
policy can be found on the Group website here:  
https://fdtechnologies.com/privacy-policy.

Anti-slavery policy
While we believe the Group’s risk of encountering human 
trafficking and modern slavery may be low in the industry we 
operate in relative to other industries, we are committed to 
acting ethically and with integrity in all our business relationships 
and to having processes to reduce the risk of slavery and human 

trafficking in our organisation and supply chain. We choose 
suppliers and contractors which we believe share our commitment. 
The Board receives an update on the approach to modern 
slavery and approves the modern slavery statement. 

Anti-bribery and anti-corruption policy 
The Group has policies and procedures in place to identify 
and protect against anti-bribery and anti-corruption risks in 
its business activities both internally and with third parties. All 
employees must participate in mandatory training courses in 
this area. The Group employs a mix of risk assessments, due 
diligence questionnaires and screening. Our continuous 
improvement has involved strengthening our use of independent 
screening tools to assess counterparty risk leading to better 
customer due diligence. Governance and risk assessment of 
third-party suppliers has also been strengthened during the year 
with the addition of an experienced Vice President of Procurement 
and a review of our third-party management policy and procedures. 
In the event that any concerns are raised of inappropriate 
business practice related to bribery and corruption, there 
is an escalation process to senior management.

Delegated authority process 
The Board delegates sustainability authority as follows: 

 • Board sets strategy and policy for sustainability;

 • Board delegates oversight to the Nomination Committee; 

 • Board delegates management responsibility to the ExCo; and

 • ExCo delegates oversight to the Sustainability Management 
Committee, which comprises a group of senior executives 
representing key functions across the Group.

Whistleblowing policy 
The Group has a whistleblowing policy that enables all employees 
to confidentially report matters of concern to an independent 
third party. No such matters arose during the year in question. 
The details of any such reports, should they arise, will be 
communicated to the Audit and Risk Committee. 

Board

Corporate Governance Committees

NCG

Nomination and 
ESG Committee

Audit

Audit and Risk Committee 

Remuneration

Remuneration and Talent 
Committee

Executive Committee (ExCo)

ExCo Management Committees

Key

  Delegation 

  Recommendation

Sustainability

Sustainability Management Committee

36  |  FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023

Strategic reportOur corporate 
responsibility principles

Here we provide a high-level summary of the principles that guide our policies on corporate responsibility. 

UN GC Principles FD Technologies’ business practices

FD Technologies is a business based on people and, therefore, we place significant emphasis on all aspects 
of the welfare and wellbeing of our employees. 

A foundation of Group policies is the rights of employees and the upholding and enforcement of relevant 
laws for the many jurisdictions in which we operate.

Human rights

Additionally, the Group seeks to promote the same respect and consideration for rights across its supply 
chain and endeavours through third-party due diligence assessment to only conduct business with parties 
that uphold the rights of their employees.

FD Technologies is committed to the elimination of all forms of forced and compulsory labour, the effective 
abolition of child labour and the elimination of discrimination in respect of employment and occupation.

Labour

Statement on modern slavery
Our statement on modern slavery is available on the Group website here: https://fdtechnologies.com/modern-slavery/.

FD Technologies is committed to minimising the impact of its operations on the environment and understands 
the importance of reporting on that impact through recognised corporate responsibility standards.

Environmental impact
As a provider of software and professional services, the Group’s direct operations have minimal impact on 
the environment, broadly limited to its own energy use. The Group does not manufacture or mine and does 
not transport goods and so consequently its operations have no impact in terms of land, water or air 
emissions. The Group does not provide Company vehicles to employees or Directors and does not operate its 
own data centres. 

Environment

Nonetheless, the Group does seek to minimise the limited impact its operations have on the environment 
through a range of policies focused on environmental, corporate social responsibility and ethical and 
sustainable business.

FD Technologies is committed to working against corruption in all its forms, including extortion and bribery.

Anti-corruption

Anti-bribery and corruption policy
As well as meeting its obligations under the Bribery Act 2010, the Group operates an Ethics Code of Conduct 
which includes, inter alia, requirements relating to anti-bribery and corruption. 

FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023  |  37

Corporate 
governance

In this section

40  Board of Directors

42  Chair’s governance statement

44  Governance framework

46  Report of the Audit and Risk Committee

49  Report of the Nomination and ESG Committee

52  Report of the Remuneration and Talent Committee

58  Directors’ report

60 

 Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

38  |  FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023

Corporate governance“ The past year has increased our 
ability to execute our strategy, 
through improvements in 
enterprise systems, increased 
senior management capability 
and engagement throughout 
the organisation. 

The Board has confidence that 
the Group’s strategy is working 
and our progress over the past 
year supports its effective 
implementation.”

Donna Troy 
Chair

FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023  |  39

Board of Directors

Key:

A   Audit and Risk Committee

Donna Troy
Chair (Independent)

Seamus Keating
Chief Executive Officer

Ryan Preston
Chief Financial Officer

N    Nomination and 
ESG Committee

R    Remuneration and 
Talent Committee

  Chair

Committee membership
N   R  

Committee membership
None.

Committee membership
None.

Ryan joined the Board of First 
Derivatives in January 2021 
and has responsibility for the 
Group’s financial operations. 
Ryan was formerly chief 
financial officer of 
Independent News & Media 
plc and at OVO Energy Retail, 
having spent the early part of 
his career at Tesco plc where 
he was European CFO.

Other appointments
None.

Skills matrix
Technology industry, strategy, 
listed company executive, 
international expertise, 
accounting qualifications.

Seamus was appointed as CEO 
in January 2020. He was first 
appointed to the Board as an 
independent Non-Executive 
Director in December 2012 and 
was appointed Non-Executive 
Chair in July 2013. He has over 
20 years’ experience in the 
global technology sector in 
finance and operational roles 
and has held a number of 
non-executive roles since 2012. 

He was chief financial officer 
of Logica plc from 2002 until 
2010 when he became chief 
operating officer and head of 
its Benelux operations. Prior 
to his role at Logica plc, he 
worked for the Olivetti Group 
in senior finance roles in the 
UK and Italy. 

Other appointments
Seamus is currently a non-
executive director of Compare 
the Market (CTM) Limited.

Skills matrix
Technology industry, finance 
industry, strategy, listed 
company executive, 
accounting qualifications, 
international experience.

Donna joined the Board of 
First Derivatives in January 
2018 as a Non-Executive 
Director and was appointed 
Non-Executive Chair 
in January 2020. She has 
extensive experience in both 
senior executive and non-
executive roles within 
multi-national technology 
companies. She is based in 
Austin, Texas.

Donna has held CEO, division 
general management and sales 
leadership roles in organisations 
including IBM, Partnerware, 
McAfee, SAP, Dell and Epicor, 
delivering revenue and margin 
growth while implementing 
global go-to-market strategies 
in businesses from start-up to 
$8bn in revenue.

Donna holds a Bachelor of 
Science degree, summa cum 
laude, in Computer Science 
from North Carolina State 
University and in 2017 was 
inducted into the North 
Carolina State University 
Computer Science Alumni 
Hall of Fame. 

Other appointments
Donna is currently on the 
board of directors of Aptean. 

Skills matrix
Technology industry, strategy, 
listed company executive, 
international experience.

40  |  FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023

Corporate governanceVirginia Gambale
Senior Independent 
Director, Designated 
Workforce Engagement 
Director (Independent)

Committee membership
N   A  

Virginia joined the Board of 
First Derivatives in March 2015. 
A US citizen, she is managing 
partner of Azimuth Partners 
LLC, which assists its clients in 
the development of strategies 
for growth, innovation and 
international expansion.

Prior to forming Azimuth, 
Virginia was a partner at 
Deutsche Bank Capital 
Partners and has also held 
senior management positions 
such as CIO at Merrill Lynch, 
Bankers Trust, Deutsche Bank 
and Marsh & McLennan 
Companies, Inc. 

Other appointments
Virginia is currently lead director 
of Nutanix, and board director 
of 10x Banking, Avellino, 
Consumer Edge, JAMF, Virtu 
Financial and Regis Corporation.

Skills matrix
Finance industry, 
strategy, technology, 
international experience.

Ayman Sayed
Non-Executive Director 
(Independent)

Thomas Seifert
Non-Executive Director 
(Independent)

Usama Fayyad
Non-Executive Director 
(Independent)

Committee membership
R   N

Ayman joined the Board of 
First Derivatives in July 2020. 
He brings to the Group 
extensive experience in 
enterprise technology and 
a track record of driving 
business success through 
growth strategies focused 
on product innovation. He is 
currently president and 
CEO of BMC Software Inc., 
a global enterprise software 
company headquartered in 
Houston, Texas. 

Prior to his current role he was 
president and chief product 
officer of CA Technologies Inc., 
a Fortune 500 company 
acquired by Broadcom Inc., 
where he was responsible 
for the vision, strategy, 
development and success 
of the company’s portfolio of 
products and solutions. Ayman 
holds a Bachelor’s degree in 
Electrical Engineering from 
Cairo University.

Other appointments
In addition to his role at 
BMC Software, Ayman is 
also a director of Elisity Inc.

Skills matrix
Strategy, international 
experience, technology 
industry, listed 
company executive.

Committee membership
A   R  

Committee membership
A  

Thomas joined the Board in July 
2020. Thomas is chief financial 
officer of Cloudflare Inc., where 
he is also responsible for the 
company’s business data 
analytics and data science. He 
provides a wealth of expertise 
across the cloud, SaaS and 
data analytics, which is highly 
relevant to the Group’s growth 
ambitions. In addition, Thomas 
has extensive operating 
experience growing and 
scaling technology companies 
across cybersecurity, software 
and semiconductors. 

Prior to his current role Thomas 
was chief financial officer of 
Symantec Corp, a leading 
cybersecurity company, where 
he was responsible for the 
implementation of 
transformation and M&A 
strategies. He was also CFO 
at Advanced Micro Devices, 
where he held an interim 
CEO position.

Other appointments
None.

Skills matrix
Strategy, international 
experience, technology 
industry, listed company 
executive, accounting 
qualifications.

Usama joined the Board in 
January 2022. Usama is the 
inaugural executive director 
of the Institute for Experiential 
AI at Northeastern University 
in Boston and is also the 
founder and chair of Open 
Insights, a company focused 
on helping enterprises 
drive full value from their 
data assets. 

He started his career at 
NASA’s Jet Propulsion Lab 
and after leadership roles 
at Microsoft Research and 
Microsoft SQL Server, he 
became Yahoo’s first chief 
data officer. From there, 
Usama became global chief 
data officer at Barclays in 
London where he led digital 
transformation projects that 
reduced costs and helped 
create new data products. 

Other appointments
Usama is also a director of 
Postprocess Technologies, 
Inc., Open Insights Group 
and Open Insights 
Technology Corporation.

Skills matrix
Finance industry, strategy, 
international experience, 
technology industry.

FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023  |  41

Chair’s governance statement

Delivering on strategy

The Board received updates from the CEO on business unit 
performance at every Board meeting and the divisional leaders 
have all attended Board meetings during the year to provide 
detailed updates on business unit performance to enable the 
Board to assess progress and provide direction if needed. 
Venues for Board meetings rotate through the year to enable 
the Board to visit the Group’s operations, facilitating dialogue 
with employees at all levels in each location. 

The right talent is the cornerstone of our growth and we 
have continued to strengthen our senior management team 
to ensure we can deliver on our strategic priorities. Accountability in 
behaviour and results is core to the structure of our remuneration 
strategy, linking compensation to achieving the value creation 
we have laid out in our short and long-term goals. Key to this 
was the work of the Remuneration and Talent Committee, 
particularly around the Long Term Incentive Plan awards 
which are crucial to our recruitment and retention efforts. 

We review our succession planning process annually and have 
action plans in place to continue to develop potential leaders and 
increase our pipeline depth across the organisation. Two bespoke 
programmes were introduced this year to offer structured and 
practical training for both our high-potential leaders (Aspiring 
Leadership Programme) and our senior leaders (Leadership 
Excellence Programme). Constantly upskilling our people will 
ensure we have a pipeline of talent primed to take on leadership 
roles in the future.

Employee engagement is a key metric that we review to ensure 
we have the right culture, skills, and strategic alignment to 
accomplish our mission. I am pleased with the level of 
engagement from employees, as reflected in our annual 
employee survey. This demonstrates that in important categories 
such as sustainable engagement we have an engaged, enabled 
and energised workforce. 

A diverse and inclusive workforce is critical to running a 
sustainable and successful business. Our work on diversity, 
inclusion and belonging continued this year resulting in 
achievement of the Silver accreditation from Diversity Mark NI. 
We continue to drive clear focused initiatives that are outcome 
based ensuring we are making measurable progress.

Last year I noted that much work had been done to strengthen 
enterprise risk management and enterprise reporting systems. 
I am pleased that a new enterprise reporting system is now in place 
supporting the business and its decision-making processes by 
providing increased control and better insights. The work of the 

“ We have a highly talented 

and experienced Board and 
I am confident these skills will 
serve us well as we accelerate 
our growth.”

Donna Troy
Chair

On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to 
present the Group’s Corporate Governance 
Report for the year ended 28 February 2023. 

As I outlined in my review earlier in this report, this year has 
been characterised by marked acceleration in the financial 
performance of KX and First Derivative. The Board’s priority has 
been to support the transformation of the Group with a focus 
on executing our strategy for the benefit of our stakeholders.

I consider that achieving our goals requires the highest 
standards of governance and culture. As Chair I seek to 
demonstrate objective judgement and promote constructive 
discussions between Board members, while ensuring that 
Directors continue to receive accurate, timely and clear 
information that enables them to perform their roles effectively. 

42  |  FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023

Corporate governancel

e
a
b
m
a
G
a
n
g
r
i
V

i

i

d
e
y
a
S
n
a
m
y
A

rt
e
f
i
e
S
s
a
m
o
h
T

g
n
i
t
a
e
K
s
u
m
a
e
S

y
o
r
T
a
n
n
o
D

n
o
t
s
e
r
P
n
a
y
R

d
a
y
y
a
F
a
m
a
s
U

Skills matrix

100%  Technology industry

57%  Finance industry

100%  Strategy

71% 

 Listed company executive

43%  Accounting qualifications

100%   International experience

  1–3 years: 57%
  4–6 years: 14%
  7–9 years: 14%
  9 years+: 14%

  Male: 71%
  Female: 29%

Board composition
Length of tenure

Gender diversity

58+
71+
29+

Balance of Executive/Non-Executive

  Executive: 29%
   Non-Executive/ 

Independent: 71%

Audit and Risk Committee continued to expand during the year, 
as outlined in detail in the Committee’s report, and will contribute 
greatly to our performance in the years ahead by ensuring that our 
financial reporting processes are robust and our risk management 
framework reflects the Board’s appetite for risk. 

Since my last report, there have been no changes to Board 
composition. This stability and continuity of leadership have 
strengthened the Board’s ability to focus on executing our 
strategy. We have a highly talented and experienced Board and I am 
confident these skills will serve us well as we accelerate our growth. 
We review the composition of our Board on an annual basis and 
have a well-defined process and skills matrix that is updated to 
support our strategic goals.

A review of Board effectiveness was undertaken during the year 
using an independent, externally facilitated questionnaire which 
asked questions in all key governance areas and covered the Board 
and its Committees. The Board reviewed the output following the 
evaluation and agreed the key actions shown on page 50. 

 • review, evaluate and make recommendations to the Board 

regarding the Company’s major product and technology plans, 
strategies and intellectual property, including its research and 
development activities, the technical and market risks 
associated with product development and investment, 
and the protection of the Company’s intellectual property;

 • review, evaluate and make recommendations regarding talent 
and skills of the Company’s workforce supporting its product, 
technology, and research and development activities needed 
to be successful now and in the future;

 • monitor the performance of the Company’s technology 
development in support of its overall business strategy;

 • monitor and evaluate existing and future trends in technology 

that may affect the Company’s strategic plans, including 
monitoring of overall industry trends; and

 • assess the Company’s risk mitigation policies and procedures 
relating to products based on new technology or significant 
innovations to existing technology.

In summary, the past year has increased our ability to execute 
our strategy, through improvements in enterprise systems, and 
increased senior management capability and engagement 
throughout the organisation. The Board has confidence that the 
Group’s strategy is working and our progress over the past year 
reflects this.

Compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code 
The Company is listed on AIM and Euronext Growth Dublin and 
is committed to ensuring the operation of high standards of 
corporate governance. It has adopted the 2018 UK Corporate 
Governance Code (the “Code”) as its governance framework 
and has put in place procedures and policies to comply. 

Technology and Product Committee
In FY21 the Board established a technology sub-committee to 
steer the development of our technology, and address emerging 
opportunities and risks to ensure we retain our leadership position 
and are on course to meet our strategic goals. Given the importance 
of these activities to our strategy, the Board has decided that with 
effect from 1 March 2023 the sub-committee will become a full 
Board Committee. Known as the Technology and Product 
Committee, it is chaired by Non-Executive Director Usama Fayyad 
with Non-Executive Director Ayman Sayed as the other Committee 
member and meets at least quarterly. Its terms of reference are:

During the year, the Company has complied with all of the 
provisions of the Code. 

Donna Troy
Chair
22 May 2023

FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023  |  43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
29
+
N
71
+
N
14
+
14
+
14
+
N
Governance framework

The Board
Led by the Chair, the Board’s principal responsibilities are:

 • to establish the vision, mission and values of the Group;

 • to set strategic objectives and provide the leadership to 

put them into effect;

 • to monitor and assess financial performance;

 • to embed a framework of controls which allow for the 

identification, assessment and management of risk; and

 • to ensure the Group fulfils its obligations to shareholders, 

employees, clients and other stakeholders. 

The effective discharge of these responsibilities is intended to 
achieve high standards of governance within the Group. The 
Board is acutely aware that good governance is a prerequisite to 
successful execution of Group strategy on a sustained basis and 
constantly strives to ensure that its policies and practices in this 
area are regularly reviewed and, where necessary, updated to 
reflect the evolution of the Group’s operations. This has been 
particularly important in recent years as the pace of transformation 
has increased, resulting in accelerated product and services 
development, a broadening of the range of customers we 
serve and the increasing scale of our operations.

Matters reserved for a decision of the Board include approval of 
the Group’s commercial strategy, annual operating and capital 
expenditure budgets, business plans, acquisitions, oversight of 
the recruitment of key executives, significant contracts, Annual 
Reports and interim statements and any substantial funding and 
capital expenditure plans.

The Board meets regularly to discuss and agree on the various 
matters brought before it, including trading results, key 
personnel matters and significant investments. FD Technologies 
has a highly experienced Board with a depth of skills and 
expertise relevant to the effective running of the Group, 
supported by the senior management team.

In addition to the Board meetings, there is regular 
communication between Executive and Non-Executive Directors 
to update the Non-Executive Directors on matters requiring 
attention prior to the next Board meeting. In addition, the Chair 
meets separately with the Non-Executive Directors.

Responsibilities of the Chair and 
Chief Executive Officer
The Chair is responsible for the leadership of the Board, 
ensuring the efficient discharge of its principal responsibilities 
described above. The CEO is responsible for implementing the 
Group’s strategy and for the financial performance, risk 
management, people development and other key components 
of ongoing operations. 

Composition of the Board
The Code requires that the Board should contain a balance of 
skills, experience, independence and knowledge of the Company. 
It should also include an appropriate combination of Executive 
and Non-Executive Directors and there should be a formal, 
rigorous and transparent procedure when appointing new 
Directors to the Board.

44  |  FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023

These matters are discussed more fully in the Report of the 
Nomination and ESG Committee, which details the changes 
to Board composition during the year. Board composition is 
regularly reviewed to ensure the requisite mix of skills and 
business experience is maintained and to ensure the proper 
functioning of the Board. 

When a new appointment to the Board is proposed, consideration 
is given to the capabilities, knowledge and experience that 
a potential new member could add to the existing Board 
composition. Before the appointment of a Non-Executive Director 
is confirmed, the Chair establishes that the prospective Director 
can commit the time and effort necessary to fulfil their duties, in 
terms of availability both to prepare for and attend meetings and 
to discuss matters at other times. 

Role of the Senior Independent Director
The Senior Independent Director:

 • provides support to the Chair on governance issues; 

 • works with the Chair and other Directors to resolve significant 
issues should they arise, particularly where stakeholders have 
concerns that are not being addressed by the Chair or Chief 
Executive; and

 • takes the lead in evaluating the performance of the Chair and 
serves as an intermediary and sounding board for Directors. 

Board information and development
Both at its periodic meetings and in separate briefing sessions 
between Non-Executive Directors and senior management 
(including Executive Directors), the Board is kept fully apprised 
of all material commercial and technological developments likely 
to affect the Group’s performance and prospects. 

Updates dealing with changes in legislation and regulation 
relevant to the Group’s business are provided to the Board by 
the Company Secretary/Chief Financial Officer and through 
the Board Committees. The Company’s nominated adviser also 
attended a Board meeting to provide refresher training on 
AIM rules and regulations. The Board rotates the venue for its 
meetings between the major operating centres of the Group 
to encourage two-way communication between the Board 
and employees across its operations.

The Board recognises its overall responsibility for the Group’s 
system of internal control and for monitoring its effectiveness. 
All activity is organised within a defined structure with formal 
lines of responsibility and delegation of authority. The Group 
produces information packs on a weekly and monthly basis 
detailing key financial and marketplace information. The Group 
also produces regular information packs which are distributed 
to Directors to enable the Board to monitor operational 
performance and the cash position and as a result allocate 
the Group’s resources.

Adherence to high standards in the areas of health and safety 
and corporate social responsibility is also monitored by the 
Board on a regular basis.

Re-election
Under the Code, Directors should offer themselves for re-
election at regular intervals. The Board has decided that all 
Directors will offer themselves for re-election annually. 

Corporate governanceBoard Committees
The Group has an Audit and Risk Committee, a Remuneration 
and Talent Committee and a Nomination and ESG Committee. 
These Committees consist of Non-Executive Directors and have 
written constitutions and terms of reference which can be found 
on the Group’s website.

The Audit and Risk Committee’s role is to assist the Board with the 
discharge of its responsibilities in relation to internal controls and 
external audits particularly with respect to the integrity, reliability 
and transparency of published financial information. The 
Committee has formal meetings prior to the publication of the 
interim and final results and additional meetings on an ad hoc 
basis as and when required. The auditor attends the Committee 
as and when required including the audit plan meeting and the 
meeting prior to the publication of the final results. 

The Remuneration and Talent Committee meets periodically to 
determine the remuneration of the Board and senior executives. 
Remuneration levels are set in order to attract and retain the 
talent needed to run the Company based on objective 
comparable market data. In addition, the Remuneration 
Committee provides guidance and direction into all major 
compensation-related policy decisions by the Group.

The Nomination and ESG Committee ensures that there is an 
appropriate balance of skills, experience, diversity, independence 
and knowledge on the Board and its Committees, reviews the 
size and composition of the Board and makes recommendations 
to the Board. The Committee receives reports from and provides 
input on the CEO’s plans for executive succession and development. 
The Committee also considers and agrees: (i) appointments to 
and removals from the Executive Committee and changes in 
other executive direct reports to the CEO; and (ii) proposals 
to restructure the Executive Committee, should the need arise. 
The Committee also oversees and monitors the Group’s 
governance framework and endorses governance policies 
and makes recommendations to the Board.

Conflicts of interest
In order to identify and manage conflicts of interest, all members 
of the Board are required to promptly notify the Chair and 
Company Secretary in advance of any matters where there is 
a reasonable likelihood that such matter could give rise to an 

actual or perceived conflict of interest. This would include, but 
is not limited to, other executive roles and directorships, or 
material shareholdings in companies that may compete with FD 
Technologies or which may have a customer or supplier relationship 
with the Group or which may benefit from investment by the 
Group. In such circumstances, Board members would withdraw 
from any consideration of the matter by the Board and, in the 
event that the matter related to competition, may be required 
to resign from the Board. No conflicts of interest arose during 
the year.

Internal control
The Board has overall responsibility to ensure that the Group’s 
internal control system is comprehensive, coherent and responsive 
to the evolving environment in which the Group operates. The 
Board is also responsible for maintaining a sound system of risk 
management and internal control that is sufficient to meet its 
business objectives whilst effectively reducing risks to an 
acceptable level. 

The Group has built a robust framework of internal control 
around risk identification, impact assessment, probability of 
occurrence and mitigation strategies, which has been in place 
for the year under review and up to the date of approval of the 
Annual Report and Accounts. It is reviewed annually by the Board 
and is in accordance with the guidance included in the FRC’s 
“Guidance on Risk Management, Internal Control and Related 
Financial and Business Reporting”. Further information can be 
found in the Principal Risks and Uncertainties Report.

The internal control framework was monitored and reviewed 
by Internal Audit with findings presented to the Audit and Risk 
Committee and the Board. Any controls which did not pass had 
agreed action plans in place to remediate. The Board confirms 
that it is not aware of any significant failings or weaknesses in 
the Group’s system of internal controls.

Board effectiveness review
In order to evaluate its effectiveness, the Board developed a 
series of criteria based on the Code and generally accepted 
views of the role and responsibilities of a board, assessed 
its behaviour and performance against these criteria and 
implemented changes based on these findings. This is an 
iterative process that will be developed further in the future.

Meeting attendance

S Keating
D Troy
U Fayyad
V Gambale
R Preston
A Sayed
T Seifert

Number of meetings

Board

Audit and Risk
Committee

Remuneration
and Talent
Committee

Nomination and
ESG Committee

7/7
7/7
6/7
6/7
7/7
6/7
5/7

7

—
—
6/6
4/6
—
—
6/6

6

—
7/7
—
—
—
7/7
7/7

7

—
4/4
—
4/4
—
4/4
—

4

Total

7
18
12
14
7
17
18

24

FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023  |  45

Report of the Audit and Risk Committee

Enabling continued growth 

“ The Committee plays an 

important role in ensuring the 
integrity of financial reporting, 
monitoring the effectiveness 
of the internal control 
environment and the risk 
management framework 
which underpin the Group’s 
ability to deliver continued 
growth effectively.” 

Thomas Seifert
Non-Executive Director

Principal activities

Governance of the ERP implementation 
The Committee governed the implementation of the 
enterprise resource planning (ERP) system to ensure there 
was no risk to the Group reporting of the full year results 
and to the delivery of the strategy.

Cybersecurity
The Committee ensured that information under Group control 
is protected from loss or malicious amendment; that systems 
and applications are protected from attack and disruption; 
and that the evolving cyber threat landscape is monitored, 
and controls are implemented to mitigate the risks.

Evolution of the risk management framework 
The Committee led a review of the Group risk management 
framework, building on the work from the prior year, which 
included enhancements to the three lines of defence, a key 
enabler of risk management. The Committee, along with 
the Board, approved the Risk Appetite Statement which 
expresses the level of risk the Board is willing to accept in 
achieving strategic objectives. 

Dear shareholders

I am pleased to present the report of the Audit and Risk Committee 
(the “Committee”) for the year ended 28 February 2023. This report 
provides insight into the work carried out by the Committee and 
outlines the key areas of focus of the Committee during the past year.

Focus in FY23
 • Governance of the ERP implementation

 • Oversight of cybersecurity

 • Evolution of the risk management framework

Priorities for FY24
 • Governance of debt refinancing

 • Oversight of cybersecurity

 • Financial statements and reporting

Membership

Thomas Seifert (Chair)

Virginia Gambale

Usama Fayyad

Meeting attendance 

Thomas Seifert (Chair)

Virginia Gambale

Usama Fayyad

46  |  FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023

Corporate governance 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Role of the Committee
The Committee has been charged by the Board with the task of 
providing governance and oversight over the integrity of accounting 
and financial reporting, reviewing the risk management framework 
of the Group and managing the relationship with the external 
auditor. The Committee’s agenda includes items such as 
governance of the ERP implementation, Cybersecurity, the risk 
management framework, whistleblowing, fraud and policy updates. 
As detailed below, the Committee also considers the going concern 
and longer-term viability of the Group. The Committee meets 
regularly to consider the matters under its remit, including meetings 
prior to the release of both the interim and full year financial reports.

Composition
The Audit and Risk Committee is chaired by Thomas Seifert, who 
is currently chief financial officer of NYSE-listed Cloudflare Inc. 
and who has held CFO roles at global, public technology companies 
including Symantec and Advanced Micro Devices. The other 
Committee members are Virginia Gambale, who is a director 
of other listed companies and was a CIO at Deutsche Bank 
and Merrill Lynch; and Usama Fayyad, who has held senior 
technology positions at multi-national technology organisations 
including Yahoo, Microsoft and Barclays. The members of the 
Committee have significant experience of financial matters 
developed during their past and current business careers. 

Governance
The Committee sets its own agenda in line with best practice. 
Only Committee members have the right to attend Committee 
meetings. Regular attendees include the Chief Executive Officer, 
Chief Financial Officer and employees from a variety of departments 
to aid their understanding of the business and to assist in discharging 
their duties. The external auditor, Deloitte, also attends Committee 
meetings and has direct access to the Chair of the Committee. 

Standing agenda items
Issues considered by the Committee during the year included items 
that are a standing part of its remit as well as a number of areas 
which the Committee considered required a deeper focus. 

Accounting and financial reporting
The Committee ensures that the financial results are accurate, 
timely and in line with accounting standards and provide support 
on key judgements. During the year, the Committee considered 
and recommended the approval of the interim financial results, 
preliminary results and the Annual Report.

The Committee carefully addressed the key issues that faced the 
Company within the financial statements, including ERP data 
migration. The Committee also assessed all areas of key reporting 
estimates and judgements which principally comprise revenue 
recognition, accounting for equity investments, goodwill 
impairment, employee taxes, deferred tax and capitalisation of 
internally developed software and concluded that all judgements 
were reasonable and appropriate. The outcome of the Committee’s 
findings were discussed with the External Auditor. We are satisfied 
that the judgements and estimates applied in the financial 
statements satisfy the requisite standards both in terms of 
accounting treatment and disclosure. 

The Committee ensures compliance with relevant regulations 
for financial reporting.

Going concern 
The Committee reviewed and challenged management’s financial 
forecasts including cashflow projections, borrowing projections, 
sensitivity analysis on revenue and expenditure plans and the 
potential impact that the conflict in Ukraine could have on the 
business. The Committee and the Board concluded that the 
Company and the Group are going concerns and the financial 
statements are prepared on that basis. This treatment reflects the 
reasonable expectation that the Group has adequate resources to 
continue in business for the foreseeable future taking into 
account the various risks set out in this Annual Report.

Viability statement 
In accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code, the 
Board has considered the Group’s current financial position 
and future prospects and have a reasonable expectation that 
the Group will be able to continue in operation and meet its 
liabilities as they fall due over the period of the assessment.

In reaching this conclusion, considerations that impact this 
assessment include the Group’s current financial position and 
available financial resources, the Group’s business model as 
outlined in this Annual Report and management’s forecasts 
presented to both the Committee and the Board. 

The Annual Operating Plan involves input from all relevant 
business leads and the impact of strategic initiatives, together 
with consideration of key risks. This results in a detailed 
twelve-month outlook which includes cash flow projections 
and capital expenditure requirements. The Annual Operating 
Plan is reviewed and approved by the Board and performance 
against the plan is reviewed throughout the year. In addition 
to the detailed Annual Operating Plan, a three-year forecast 
is prepared using assumptions of future growth and the costs 
required to support the Group’s strategy during the period.

Given the technology based nature of the Group’s business, the 
Board considers that three years is an appropriate period over 
which to provide a viability statement and believes this provides 
the readers of the Annual Report with a reasonable degree of 
confidence. The Board has no reason to believe that the Group 
will not be viable over a longer period.

Enterprise risk management
The Committee is responsible to the Board for ensuring the 
Company has appropriate systems and procedures for the 
identification, assessment, management and monitoring of risk. 
The Committee reviewed the Group’s risk register, principal and 
emerging risks and mitigation strategies, with particular 
discussion around the principal risks. Further details are 
provided in the Principal Risks and Uncertainties Report. 

Where risks are insurable, the Committee reviews the cover in place 
and makes recommendations in line with the Group’s Risk Appetite 
Statement. The Group Risk Appetite Statement is reviewed and 
approved annually by the Board. The Committee reviews the 
procedures in place to identify emerging risks within its business 
units and at the Group level on an annual basis. Emerging risks, 
after review and where appropriate, are added to the Group’s risk 
register, enabling them to be monitored along with the efforts 
taken to mitigate them.

FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023  |  47

Report of the Audit and Risk Committee continued

Principal activities

Implementing the ERP system
Issue: Governing the implementation of the ERP system 
to ensure there is no risk to the Group reporting results 
and ongoing management of the system.

How the Committee addressed the issue
The Group went live with its new SaaS enterprise resource 
planning system in December 2022. The system - encompassing 
functionality including procurement, human resources, finance 
and project activities - introduced new, integrated processes and 
controls that were configured in support of the business 
operation. Plans, progress, risks and the change management 
approach were reviewed with and agreed by the Committee 
throughout the implementation phase. A review of post go live 
activities and further configurations are discussed and agreed 
with the Committee.

Cybersecurity 
Issue: Ensuring that Group and third-party information under 
Group control is protected from loss or malicious amendment; 
that systems and applications are protected from attack and 
disruption; and that the evolving cyber threat landscape is 
monitored and controls are implemented to mitigate the risks. 

How the Committee addressed the issue
An independent third-party consultant, NCC Group, was 
commissioned to assess the Group’s maturity against the 
National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) 
cybersecurity framework. Its report, with recommendations, 
was carefully considered by the Committee, which 
recommended actions that focused on areas such as:

 • embedding a single governance structure for technology 

and information security;

 • reinforcing our cultural focus on security across the Group 

through focused training and awareness;

Compliance and whistleblowing
The Committee monitors the Group’s compliance with the UK 
Corporate Governance Code and AIM and Euronext Growth 
Listing Rules for Companies as well as ensuring the processes 
and arrangements that enable employees to raise concerns in 
confidence. No matters of significance arose during the period 
in question. The Committee reviewed and approved the 
arrangements for whistleblowing during the year.

External audit
At the 2019 AGM, Deloitte was appointed auditor for the financial 
year ended 29 February 2020 and continues to act as external 
auditor. Our lead audit engagement partner is Richard Howard. 

The Committee reviews and makes recommendations regarding 
the appointment of the external auditor. In making these 
recommendations the Committee reviews the performance, 
effectiveness and independence of the external auditor as well as 
longevity of service. In conducting its annual assessment of external 
auditor independence, the Committee reviews the External 
Auditor’s own policies and procedures for safeguarding its 
objectivity and independence. The Committee’s primary means of 
assessing the effectiveness of the external audit is by monitoring 
performance against the agreed audit plan. The audit plan was 
presented by Deloitte in March 2023. The Committee holds regular 
meetings with the external auditor to review matters of interest 
including interim and year-end reports, the audit plan, management 
letter observations and updates on ongoing audit work. 

48  |  FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023

 • aligning with a cybersecurity framework (NIST CSF) 

and securing accreditations;

 • deploying new cybersecurity services and technologies 

to enhance our security posture; and

 • refreshing and enhancing our information security policies, 

processes, capabilities and incident management.

The updated cybersecurity policy and strategy that resulted 
from this exercise formalised the Group’s cyber risk appetite, 
aligning it with the Group risk framework, and covers areas such 
as system and access controls, security awareness and training, 
governance and reporting. The Committee continues to monitor 
progress on implementation of these recommendations.

Recognising that cybersecurity is a constantly evolving topic, 
the Committee reviews cyber risks and the evolving controls 
implemented to mitigate them. 

Risk management framework 
Issue: Ensuring risks are identified, assessed, managed 
and monitored across the Group.

How the Committee addressed the issue
The Group has an established risk management process 
which ensures that the outcomes of risk-taking activities 
are consistent with the Group’s strategic objectives. 
The Committee reviewed and approved the Risk Appetite 
Statement across four risk categories, strategic, operational, 
financial and regulatory. The Committee reviewed the risk 
registers and risk dashboards for each business unit and 
assessed the appropriateness and effectiveness of controls 
in place. Risks that were identified as outside of appetite 
have action plans and timelines in place and progress will be 
monitored by the Committee and reported to the Board. The 
Committee concluded that the action plans were appropriate. 

To maintain independence the external auditor is not invited 
to provide any non-audit services where it is felt that this could 
conflict with its independence or objectivity. In all cases the 
provision of non-audit services is carefully monitored by 
and subject to, prior approval of the Committee. 

Internal audit function
The internal audit function reports directly to the Committee 
with a remit to provide independent and objective assurance 
to the risk management framework. The Internal Audit Charter 
is reviewed annually by the Committee. 

The FY23 Internal Audit Plan was presented to the Committee, 
reviewed and approved.

Other agenda items
Other specific items addressed by the Committee during the 
year include reviewing the Group’s insurance policies, ensuring 
the cover is sufficient to realise the Group’s strategy, approving 
updated policies and reviewing the Group’s borrowing facilities.

Annual evaluation of performance
The Board conducted an evaluation of its own performance 
and that of its Committees, Committee Chairs, and individual 
Directors. The conclusion from the process was that the 
performance of the Audit and Risk Committee and of the Chair 
of the Committee was satisfactory. The Committee will focus 
on agreed actions arising from the evaluation process.

Corporate governanceReport of the Nomination and ESG Committee

Promoting effectiveness

Key activity during the year

This year the Committee focused on increasing the 
effectiveness of the Board, its Committees, members 
and processes. In order to facilitate the Board effectiveness 
review the Committee engaged Independent Audit Limited, 
a leading independent board evaluation partner, to assist 
with an externally facilitated review using an in-depth 
questionnaire based approach. The primary purpose of the 
evaluation is to direct the Board’s attention to areas where 
there might be opportunities to improve its performance.

Dear shareholders

The Nomination and ESG Committee is responsible for effective 
succession planning, maintaining a pipeline of strong candidates 
for potential nomination to the Board, while simultaneously 
ensuring robust succession planning and talent strategy for 
the Executive Committee. Our role is to ensure there is an 
appropriate balance of skills, experience, diversity, independence 
and knowledge on the Board and its Committees, review the size 
and composition of the Board and make recommendations on 
these matters to the Board. The Committee also ensures that 
the Group’s environmental, social and governance policies and 
priorities are aligned to the overall strategy of the Group. 

Business during the year 
Issues considered by the Committee during the year included items 
that are a standing part of its remit as well as a number of areas 
which the Committee considered to require a deeper focus. During 
the year, to complement the work already being undertaken by the 
Board, the Committee focused on the following matters: 

 • evaluation of the effectiveness of the Board and its Committees;

 • monitoring progress against ESG priorities;

 • succession planning; 

 • gender pay gap reporting;

 • board engagement initiative with employees; 

 • employee engagement survey; and

 • reviewed Board training and development and Board 

attendance policy. 

Appointments
Appointing the right people to the Board and the leadership 
team is fundamental to the success of the Group. The 
Committee has a robust strategy and process to ensure the 
recruitment of individuals with the most appropriate 
competencies and experience to complement those that 
already exist. The Committee is committed to achieving diversity 
in its broadest sense in the composition of the Board and senior 
management. Our approach to diversity and inclusion on the 
Board is set out in the Company’s Diversity and Inclusion Policy 
which is reviewed annually by the Committee. The Policy sets out 
the Group’s commitment to having a diverse workforce and 
pipeline of talent, through recruitment and employment 
practices and actively supporting inclusion through its 
succession planning process as well as its open culture and 

FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023  |  49

Focus in FY23 
 • Board effectiveness

 • Monitoring progress against ESG priorities

 • Succession planning

Priorities for FY24
 • Board development

 • ESG compliance and reporting 

Membership

Virginia Gambale 
(Chair)

Ayman Sayed

Donna Troy

Meeting attendance 

Virginia Gambale (Chair)

Donna Troy

Ayman Sayed

“ The review highlighted 

the Board’s strengths and 
weaknesses which enabled 
us to set our developmental 
focus for the year.”

Virginia Gambale
Non-Executive Director 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of the Nomination and ESG Committee continued

Appointments continued
support for employee networks that foster diversity and 
inclusion. Prior to embarking on the selection process for 
any senior appointment, our approach, policy and ethos 
are embedded and reflected in the process.

Board effectiveness review 
This year the Committee oversaw a review of the effectiveness of 
the Board and its Committees. Working with Independent Audit 
Limited, which has no connection with the Group or individual 
directors, and powered by its Thinking Board self-assessment tool, 
an in-depth questionnaire was completed by members of the 
Board and the Committees. The Committee Chair spent time with 
the evaluator to ensure that the questionnaires were augmented 
where necessary with any additional questions or areas that the 
Board and the Committees wished to cover and the Chair also 
reviewed and provided input to the questions. Following completion 
of the questionnaires by the directors, the report was provided 
to the Committee Chair and then circulated to all directors. 
The evaluator attended a board meeting to present and discuss the 
findings in the report and to give all of the directors an opportunity 
to ask questions. The Board and the Committees have discussed 
the findings of the report in their meetings and decided upon 
actions This review provided the Board with insightful and 
comprehensive feedback. The insights gained into how the 
Board is working will enable it to continually develop. 

The summary findings of the review are as follows:
The Board feels it has the right mix of relevant skills and 
experience and: 

 • relationships are constructive and open. There is also a clear 
sense of common purpose, coupled with a determination to 
ensure the business continues to thrive, grow and deliver value 
for its shareholders. In addition, there is a strong emphasis on 
establishing the right culture and values across the organisation. 
Good consideration is given to issues linked to ESG matters and 
care is taken to ensure employees are treated fairly; 

 • it is also considered that risk is controlled well, and that the 

reporting environment is sound. A recent decision to expand 
and develop the internal audit function is indicative of the 
importance the Board attaches to this area of activity; and

 • it is generally felt that the Board and its Committees benefit 
from being led by strong and capable Chairs. Agendas are 
managed well, and a good level of discussion and debate 
takes place at meetings. Most feel that NEDs provide firm 
but constructive challenge to managers.

A number of areas of improvement were identified by the review 
for particular consideration as follows: 

 • the quality of papers presented to the Board and its Committees;

 • increasing the amount of contact NEDs have with managers 

and the business; 

 • how much risk the organisation should be taking; how customer 
needs are changing and what competitors are doing; the skills 
and experience which will be needed to execute the strategy; and 
reviewing progress towards achieving strategic objectives; and

 • ensuring the Board has sufficient strategic oversight 
of succession planning and talent management. 

The review concludes that the Board has achieved a great deal 
over the last few years and has worked hard to put in place a 
strategy to ensure the business continues to evolve and grow 
within the highly dynamic markets in which it operates. 

The results of the review have been used to create actions in 
the above areas and will be used to update the annual rolling 
agendas of the Board and its Committees, will shape the 
training and development programme for Directors and will 
continue to inform the Committee over the coming year. No 
changes to Board composition have been identified as a result 
of the review although composition and skills are continually 
kept under review by the Committee. 

Monitoring of our ESG progress against priorities 
As a global business we recognise the importance our 
environmental, social and governance policies have on all of our 
stakeholders. The Nomination and ESG Committee established the 
Board’s oversight role on ESG and determines the Committee 
structure. The Committee also aligns ESG with the Group’s 
corporate purpose and vision and the Committee seeks to integrate 
sustainability into the Group’s overall strategy. Further, the 
Committee ensures accountability for ESG strategy implementation. 

This year, we defined our ESG priorities as being Our People, 
Our Environment and Our Communities. We realise the 
importance of each of these pillars of ESG and seek to ensure 
the Board establishes the tone from the top with respect to our 
objectives. Further, we ensure that our Board composition has 
the necessary expertise and skills to oversee both the Group’s 
ESG risks and opportunities. As we look forward to the year 
ahead the Committee is dedicated to ensuring that the Board 
keeps its ESG priorities at the heart of the Group’s strategy. 

Succession planning
A key area of focus for the Committee is nurturing the Group’s 
leadership and talent pipeline. The Committee’s focus this year 
has been on effective succession planning throughout the Group, 
particularly at the executive level. 

The Committee is fully engaged with the end-to-end talent 
management and senior succession planning approach that is 
utilised by the Group. In addition, the Committee manages Board 
and senior management succession under a structured approach 
with clear and agreed selection priorities. In terms of Non-
Executive Director succession, the Committee is committed to 
continuing to follow the strategic composition of the Board as 
discussed in our inclusion and diversity section below. With regards 
to senior management succession planning the Committee has 
mapped out principles to guide its approach as follows:

1. 

 a clear and proactive approach to identifying and developing 
succession candidates;

2.  a focus on the long-term nature of succession planning; and

3.  advancing progress on all types of diversity. 

This year, the Committee undertook an in-depth look across the 
Group at succession planning and ensured that each business 
unit has succession planning on its agenda to ensure that the 
talent pipeline is reviewed in line with the business outlook. 
To ensure that our internal talent is being developed to meet 
strategic needs, several talent development mechanisms were 
introduced such as our Aspiring Leadership Programme and 
Senior Leadership Programme. These programmes are geared 
at developing our leaders of the future. 

Our focus also remains on bolstering our recruitment efforts 
at both the graduate and experienced hire level to develop 
our talent pipeline. The Committee recognises the benefits in 
attracting external talent to bring further diversity of thought 
and processes to key roles.

50  |  FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023

Corporate governanceWhilst we continue to invest in recruiting new talent, our priority 
is also to look after and develop our existing team, as employee 
retention is an increasingly important element in our approach 
to talent management and succession planning.

Evaluation and accountability
The Committee’s focus continued to be on accountability and pay 
for performance. The CEO and executive leadership evaluation 
process includes a mix of self-evaluation, 360-degree feedback 
and peer and Board review. Each leader, including the CEO, was 
tasked with reviewing performance against objectives and bonus 
metrics and reflecting on performance over the last year. For 
the CEO, the Board provided feedback in relation to a range of 
competencies including leadership, strategic planning, financial 
results, succession planning, human resources and diversity, 
communication, transformation and investor relations. 
Quantitative and qualitative evidence was sought in reaching 
evaluation conclusions regarding performance.

Board diversity priorities
Although the Committee monitors the Group’s organisational 
inclusion and diversity strategies and initiatives it also holds itself 
accountable for the Board’s own inclusion and diversity. The Board 
and the Committee is dedicated to diversity, including ensuring 
an open and fair recruitment and selection process for all Board 
appointments. The Committee ensures that its approach 
to diversity is under regular review, including ensuring the 
development of a diverse Board. The Board has 29% female 
representation and has met its target on ethnic diversity and 
intends to improve its current levels of both gender and ethnic 
diversity. The Committee will continue to review the diversity of 
skills and experience on the Board and the need for gender 
diversity remains a priority. Recognising the benefits of wider 
experience, Non-Executive Director candidates from a wide variety 
of backgrounds have been considered when making Non-
Executive Director appointments. The recruitment and selection 
process for Non-Executive Directors ensures that longlists of 
potential candidates comprise at least 50% female candidates. 
Going forward the Nomination and ESG Committee and the Board 
will continue to promote the Group’s Board diversity policy and will 
also review advances in best practice. Prior to embarking on the 
selection process for any new non-Executive director, the 
Committee proactively ensures that the search process is 
sufficiently inclusive to encourage applications from diverse 
candidates with relevant skills, experience, and knowledge, and that 
the selection process is fair and transparent. The FRC’s guidance 
on board effectiveness recognises a breadth of diversity that goes 
beyond just gender and race, and includes personal attributes 
including intellect, judgement, courage, honesty and tact; and the 
ability to listen and forge relationships and develop trust. 

This ensures that a board is not closely comprised of like-minded 
individuals. The Committee agrees that diversity is vital when 
reviewing the composition of the Board and possible new 
appointees. Appointing the right people to the Board and the 
executive leadership team with the appropriate balance of skills, 
knowledge, experience and culture is fundamental to the ongoing 
success of the Company. The Committee continues to recommend 
the appointment of the best people with the right skills and potential.

Standing agenda items 
Inclusion and diversity 
The Board believes that its perspective and approach can 
be greatly enhanced through diversity of gender and ethnic 
backgrounds, cognitive and personal strengths, tenure and relevant 
experience. We recognise that the delivery of our strategy requires 
the promotion of a high-performing culture, characterised by 
a diverse and inclusive workforce. The Board is committed to 

advancing diversity and to instilling a culture that is inclusive to all. 
This is founded on inclusion being a critical behaviour to ensure 
diversity, in its broadest sense, is truly embraced and encouraged; 
bringing broader debate, better decision making and ultimately 
better results for all stakeholders. As a global business FD 
Technologies recognises the importance of reflecting the diversity 
of the customers we serve and the markets we operate in. The 
Group is proud of its track record on diversity, including gender, 
ethnicity, nationality, skills and experience, which has resulted in the 
formation of a diverse, inclusive and vibrant team. Our approach to 
inclusion and diversity on the Board is set out in the Board’s 
diversity policy which is reviewed annually by the Committee. This 
year, the Group was awarded a Silver Diversity Mark, from Diversity 
Mark NI, in recognition of the Group’s achievements with regards to 
inclusion and diversity. Diversity Mark NI provides an accreditation 
framework and process which is designed to assist the Group set 
realistic targets and the independent assessment panel provides 
expert annual feedback to continually support the Group on its 
inclusion and diversity journey. The Committee seeks to ensure that 
inclusion and diversity efforts continue to be a focus for our Board. 

Gender pay gap 
As a Group our mission remains to build a diverse workforce with 
an equally inclusive workplace. In terms of our senior managers, 
76% of our leadership was male versus 24% female. The data shows 
that there is still much work to be done in this area, particularly in 
increasing opportunities for women to move into senior roles. The 
Board remains committed to supporting the efforts of the executive 
team on these matters. This will be an important area of ongoing 
focus for the Company and will be monitored by the Committee 
in the coming year, in line with the Board diversity policy. 
The Committee recognises that being transparent about where 
we are and what our forward focus is on is the key to continuing 
to make progress with regards to the gender pay gap. Our gender 
pay gap continued to be significantly lower than the industries in 
which we operate. More information on the gender pay gap analysis 
results is available on our website. The Committee’s role was to 
review the results and review the strategies underway to improve 
the representation of women throughout our business with the 
aim of narrowing the gender pay gap. The Committee recognises 
that there is still much work to do around the pay gap with senior 
roles across the Group and we commit to ensuring this gap is 
reduced year on year. 

Director induction
Following Board appointment, Directors receive a 
comprehensive induction tailored to their individual needs. 
This includes meetings with senior management to enable 
them to build up a detailed understanding of the business, 
the strategy, and the key risks and issues that the Group faces. 

Governance and composition
The Committee sets its own agenda and while only the members 
of the Committee have the right to attend its meetings, the 
Committee may from time to time invite third parties to attend. 
For matters to do with the succession of the chairmanship of 
the Board, the Committee is chaired by the Senior Independent 
Director. The composition of the Committee is reviewed on an 
annual basis. There have been no changes to the composition 
of the Committee, which is chaired by Virginia Gambale, and 
the other members are Ayman Sayed and Donna Troy. 

Other matters considered
The Committee dealt with a range of other matters during the 
year, including a review of the annual employee engagement 
survey and the follow-up action plan and a review of the Board 
attendance policy and relevant training and development for 
the Board.

FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023  |  51

Report of the Remuneration and Talent Committee

Incentivising for growth 

“ During the year, the Committee 
invested considerable time in 
ensuring that our long-term 
incentive arrangements 
continue to attract and retain 
key talent to deliver on the 
Group’s strategy.”

Ayman Sayed
Non-Executive Director

Key activity during the year

Long-term incentive planning 
The focus of the Committee this year was on introducing a 
new long-term incentives arrangement as well as evaluating 
the performance of the executive leadership team, 
including the CEO and CFO. We have worked closely with 
independent compensation consultants Insightory on a new 
Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP), ensuring our ability to retain 
and attract talent. Over the coming year, we will continue to 
monitor changes in UK corporate governance best practice 
and ensure that our remuneration policy and practices 
remain appropriate to attract and retain key talent. Ongoing 
engagement with shareholders remains a priority. 

Focus in FY23
 • Long-term incentive planning

 • Executive benchmarking 

 • CEO and executive leadership evaluation

Priorities for FY24
 • Revising our remuneration policy

 • Prioritising pay for performance 

Membership

Ayman Sayed (Chair)

Donna Troy

Thomas Seifert

Dear shareholders

Meeting attendance 

Ayman Sayed (Chair) 

Donna Troy

Thomas Seifert

The Remuneration and Talent Committee seeks to align reward 
with the Company’s strategy, culture, and delivery of long-term 
shareholder value. This report is intended to provide insight 
into the roles and responsibilities of the Committee and to 
demonstrate how it has carried out this work. The Committee 
is constituted by the Board to assist it in meeting its responsibilities 
regarding the determination and implementation of the Group’s 
remuneration policy, including the remuneration of the Chair, 
Executive Directors and senior management, as well as overseeing 
the arrangements for the wider workforce. Our remuneration 
policies, practices and reporting are designed to reflect best 
practice in corporate governance. 

52  |  FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023

Corporate governance 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Committee membership
All members of the Committee are independent Non-Executive 
Directors. None of the Committee members has day-to-day 
involvement with the business and nor do they have any 
personal financial interest, except as shareholders, in the 
matters to be recommended. The number of formal meetings 
held and the attendance by each member is shown in the table 
above. The Committee also held informal discussions as 
required. The Group HR Director acts as Secretary to the 
Committee and is available to assist the members of the 
Committee as required, ensuring that timely and accurate 
information is distributed accordingly. The CEO and other 
members of the management team may be invited to attend 
Committee meetings to provide business context and 
performance updates. However, no member of management 
is present when their own remuneration is determined.

Role and activities of the Committee
The Committee reviewed the structures in place for our people 
with the objective to incentivise, motivate and retain talent and 
support the delivery of the Group’s long-term strategy. We aim 
to promote long-term sustainable success by appropriately 
incentivising relevant performance, and this report provides 
context for the decisions made by the Committee during the 
year. It also details the proposed approach to implementing the 
policy in the upcoming year and summarises the remuneration 
outcomes for Executive Directors.

S Keating
R Preston

Total

During the past financial year, the focus of the Committee has been:

 • long-term incentive planning; 

 • executive benchmarking; and 

 • CEO and executive leadership evaluation.

Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)
During the year the Committee worked with independent 
compensation specialists Insightory, which has no connection 
with the Group or individual directors, to deliver an LTIP that 
appropriately aligns the interests of employees and shareholders 
by rewarding performance that results in significant accretion in 
the value of the Group and also ensures that we are positioned 
to attract new talent and incentivise the senior executive 
leadership team — on whose talents and efforts we are reliant 
to build substantial shareholder value over the next three years 
and beyond. The LTIP’s performance targets are designed to be 
stretching yet feasible, based on the Group’s own track record 
and the performance of aspirational peer companies, based 
primarily in the US. The focus on long-term performance based 
incentives is consistent with both our remuneration policy and 
the pre-existing dilution authority granted by shareholders.

As in prior years we invited feedback from our larger 
shareholders in relation to the new LTIP. We are committed 
to continuing this positive dialogue with shareholders.

Since the year end, the rules of the LTIP have been formally 
adopted and awards have been granted. Long-term incentive 
awards to the Executive Directors are through Performance 
Share Units (PSUs) only.

Position

CEO
CFO

PSUs

143,514
38,270

181,784

The PSUs for the CEO and CFO will vest on the achievement of performance metrics linked to the performance of the Group’s 
business units over the three years to 28 February 2026; such metrics are designed to be challenging and to reward value creation. 
Executive remuneration is aligned to Group purpose and values, and be clearly linked to the successful delivery of the Group’s 
long-term strategy. 

The PSUs for the CFO and two-thirds of the PSUs for the CEO will vest based on:

Metric

Weighting

Threshold

25% vesting

On target

50% vesting

Maximum

100% vesting

KX

Combined ARR 
growth and  
adjusted EBITDA* 

First Derivative 

Adjusted EBITDA

MRP 

Adjusted EBITDA

65%

25%

10%

88% of target

84% of target

83% of target

Target

Target

Target

125% of target

115% of target

117% of target

* 

 KX ARR and adjusted EBITDA (excluding capitalised development costs) metrics are linked to eliminate the impact of any investment decisions taken during 
the period, such that overperformance in one metric will reduce the target in the other.

FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023  |  53

Report of the Remuneration and Talent Committee continued

Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) continued
The remaining third of the PSUs for the CEO will vest based on 
total shareholder return (TSR) over the three-year period with 
vesting starting at 25% for 25% TSR appreciation and increasing 
on a straight-line basis up to a maximum of 100%. By tracking to 
the overall Company share price, this portion of the CEO’s award 
is consistent with the ultimate value received by our shareholders.

LTIP awards will, in line with UK market norms, be subject to malus and 
clawback provisions; a total vesting and holding period of five years 
applies for Executive directors; the awards include the right to receive 
dividend equivalents; and early vesting for good leaver scenarios. 

Our LTIP offers exciting upside to attract, retain and motivate 
this crucial talent. In conjunction with the potential rewards, 
the incentives depend upon achieving challenging performance 
targets so that participants only benefit if shareholders are also 
rewarded. These PSUs will vest on the achievement of three-
year performance metrics linked to the performance of the 
Group’s three business units, which are designed to be 
challenging and to reward value creation as overleaf. 

In addition to the award to Directors, a total of 109,672 PSUs 
have been awarded to other senior leaders in the business units 
and in the Group’s central operations again subject to three-year 
cliff vesting and performance metrics relevant to their part 
of the Group. A total of 58,186 Restricted Stock Units (RSUs) 
typically vesting annually over the next three years have also 
been awarded to senior employees. Based on a share price of 
£17.42, these awards amount to, in aggregate, 349,642 shares 
(on the assumption that all vest), representing 1.34% of the 
Group’s currently issued and outstanding shares.

It is envisaged that new shares will be issued to satisfy awards 
under the LTIP.

Summary
We believe the Long Term Incentive Plan strikes a fair balance 
between the need to attract, motivate and retain the key 
generators of value within our business while ensuring that 
rewards are only achieved through creation of significant 
shareholder value over an appropriate period. We also believe it 
will be a key motivator in helping us to attract and retain the 
talent required to achieve our growth ambitions.

Remuneration policy 
The Group’s remuneration policy is outlined below and is unchanged 
from the prior year. The remuneration policy is designed to provide 
levels of remuneration to attract, retain and motivate Directors and 
employees. A clear procedure for developing policy on executive 
remuneration and determining director and senior management 
remuneration has been put in place. Further Remuneration policies 
and practices within the Group have been designed to support 
strategy and promote long-term sustainable success. 

The remuneration policy for other employees is based on broadly 
consistent principles as that for Executive Directors. Annual salary 
reviews take into account personal performance, divisional 
performance, local pay and market conditions, and salary levels for 
similar roles in comparable companies. Some employees below 
executive level are eligible to participate in annual bonus schemes; 
opportunities and performance measures vary by organisational 
level and an individual’s role. Senior leaders within the divisions 
invited into the LTIP (PSU and RSU) participate on broadly similar 
terms to the Executive Directors (with vesting conditions linked to 
divisional performance), although award opportunities are lower 

54  |  FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023

and vary by organisational level. These awards are structured to 
reward performance, encourage retention and deliver the 
strategic objectives of the Group over the longer term. 

Remuneration packages are designed to be competitive in value to 
those offered at similarly sized public companies in related sectors. 

Executive remuneration is aligned to Group purpose and values 
and is clearly linked to the successful delivery of the Group’s 
long-term strategy.

The components of the Executive Directors’ remuneration 
packages are basic salary, bonus, money purchase pension 
contributions and other benefits including participation in the 
Long-Term Incentive Plan as described overleaf. No director 
was involved in deciding their own remuneration outcome. The 
Non-Executive Directors’ remuneration packages do not include 
bonus, pension, or awards under Group incentive share plans. 

During 2023, the Committee will consider whether any changes 
are required to the policy. Any material changes will be the 
subject of prior consultation with our major shareholders.

Executive Directors
Basic salary
Basic salary is set by the Committee and reviewed annually. 
Salary levels, which are benchmarked to market rates for roles 
of similar scope in comparable listed companies, take into 
account a range of factors which include the Director’s role 
and responsibilities; their skills, experience and performance; 
and pay and conditions elsewhere in the Group. 

Pension and other benefits
The Group operates a defined contribution scheme for 
Executive Directors and provides private healthcare insurance 
and life assurance which are treated as benefits in kind, in line 
with those offered to the workforce generally. The CFO receives 
a Company pension contribution equal to 10% of his base salary, 
this is generally in line with employees in the same region. The 
CEO does not receive a Company pension contribution. 

Cash bonus
Bonus awards, which are not pensionable, are made to the 
Executive Directors based on achieving performance criteria set 
out by the Committee. The bonus plan for the Executive Directors 
includes an on-target bonus of 70% of basic salary with a maximum 
of up to 100% being achievable. Performance targets are calibrated 
to be challenging and the criteria are reviewed annually and 
aligned to the key financial and strategic objectives of the Group. 
The Committee has discretion to amend the pay-out should any 
formulaic outcome not reflect its assessment of overall 
performance; however, the exercise of any such discretion shall 
not result in a bonus payment in excess of 100% of basic salary.

Non-Executive Directors
The Board, based on a recommendation by the Chair of the 
Remuneration and Talent Committee or, in the case of the Chair, 
the remainder of the Board, determines the remuneration of the 
Non-Executive Directors. The Non-Executive Directors are not eligible 
to join the Group’s pension scheme nor do they receive share options 
or cash bonuses. Non-Executive Directors may elect to receive 
payment in their home currency if based outside the UK. Their 
remuneration comprises a cash payment (67%), with the remainder 
in FD Technologies shares. The number of shares to be issued is 
based on the average closing mid-market share price over the 90 
business days prior to the release of the Group’s full year results.

Corporate governanceBenchmarking senior leadership 
During the year a benchmarking exercise was undertaken 
around all senior leadership roles. 

During the year we appointed a number of new executive 
leaders across the FD Technologies Group and independent 
advisers Pearl Meyer provided support around reward 
benchmarking for these appointments. Every senior leader’s 
reward is set on a pay-for-performance basis, with objectives 
around financial performance and achievement of strategic 
objectives. The Committee was closely involved in the approval 
of these newly introduced reward metrics which align all of the 
senior leadership to the Group’s overall strategy.

Following the benchmarking exercise, it was determined that the 
CFO’s remuneration will increase to £300,000 per annum from 
1 March 2023. 

Remuneration Report

Executive remuneration
Seamus Keating’s base salary is unchanged and remains at 
£450,000 which was determined following a CEO benchmarking 
exercise carried out by independent external advisers Pearl 
Meyer, with participation in the Group healthcare and life 
assurance plans. Upon appointment the CEO elected not to 
participate in the Group pension scheme. The remuneration 
table in this report contains accruals for Executive Director 
bonuses relating to the year to 28 February 2023. 

The CEO was not awarded any options during the year.

Non-Executive Director remuneration
No changes to Non-Executive Director reward were made during 
the year. The Chair’s total annual reward is £200,000 per annum 
while Non-Executive Directors receive £150,000, and this has 
been unchanged since 1 September 2019. These remuneration 
levels are deemed sufficient to attract high-calibre new Board 
members and the Committee, having reviewed them, resolved 
not to make any recommendation to the Board during the year 
to vary them.

Senior executive remuneration
The Committee also examined compensation levels of members 
of the existing senior executive team, particularly those who 
received promotions and took on additional roles and responsibilities, 
together with new senior hires recruited during the year. 
The Committee discussed and set levels of remuneration 
considered necessary to attract, retain and reward.

Alignment of remuneration and performance
The Committee believes the historical growth performance of 
the business is reflective of the Group’s effective remuneration 
policy. The Committee is committed to an open and transparent 
dialogue with shareholders and where appropriate will engage 
with shareholders and their representative bodies, seeking views 
which it may take into account when setting remuneration policy. 

Remuneration at a glance 
Details of each Director’s remuneration is set out in the table 
below (audited). 

Salary
and fees
£’000

Benefits
£’000

Annual
bonus
£’000

Share based
payment
£’000

Pension
£’000

Total
remuneration
£’000

Executive Directors
S Keating

R Preston

Non-Executive Directors
K MacDonald1

D Troy

V Gambale

A Sayed

T Seifert

S Fisher2

U Fayyad3

Total

2023
2022

2023
2022

2023
2022

2023
2022

2023
2022

2023
2022

2023
2022

2023
2022

2023
2022

2023
2022

450
450

275
263

—
36

133
133

100
100

100
100

100
100

—
96

100
13

1,258
1,291

1
1

1
1

—
—

—
—

—
—

—
—

—
—

—
—

—
—

2
2

1  Resigned 8 July 2021. 

2  Resigned 31 January 2022. 

3  Appointed 19 January 2022.

236
205

140
125

—
—

—
—

—
—

—
—

—
—

—
—

—
—

—
—

—
—

—
18

67
67

50
50

50
50

50
50

—
46

50
6

—
—

28
24

—
—

—
—

—
—

—
—

—
—

—
—

—
—

687
656

444
413

—
54

200
200

150
150

150
150

150
150

—
142

150
19

376
330

267
287

28
24

1,931
1,934

FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023  |  55

 
Report of the Remuneration and Talent Committee continued

Remuneration Report continued

Service contracts
The Executive Directors have entered into service contracts with the Group that are terminable by either party on not less than twelve 
months’ prior notice.

Directors’ interests in shares (audited)
The interests held in shares of the Company by the Directors who held office at the end of the financial year, all of which 
are beneficial holdings, were as follows:

S Keating
R Preston
D Troy
V Gambale
A Sayed
T Seifert
U Fayyad

Number of ordinary shares

28 February 
2023

28 February
 2022

38,518
2,415
9,201
9,952
3,885
3,823
306

31,014
1,140
5,576
7,233
1,166
1,104
—

Share options 
The awards currently outstanding to Directors are as follows:

S Keating

R Preston

1 March
2022

250,000

115,000

Granted
during
the year

—

—

Vested 
during 
the year

—

10,000

Lapsed 
during 
the year

Exercised
during
the year

—

—

—

—

28 February
2023

250,000

115,000

There were no share options granted to the Directors during the year (FY22: 65,000). There were no share options exercised by 
the Directors during the year (FY22: nil).

Transactions with Directors
Outside of remuneration noted above, there were no other direct transactions with Directors.

Performance graph 
The chart below shows the Group’s TSR performance over the past ten years compared to the AIM 100, an index of which the Group 
is a constituent. 

0
0
1
o
t
d
e
x
e
d
n

i

n
r
u
t
e
r

l

r
e
d
o
h
e
r
a
h
s

l

a
t
o
T

900

800

700

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

Feb ‘13

Feb ‘14

Feb ‘15

Feb ‘16

Feb ‘17

Feb ‘18

Feb ‘19

Feb ‘20

Feb ‘21

Feb ‘22

Feb ‘23

FD Technologies

AIM 100

56  |  FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023

Corporate governance 
 
 
 
 
CEO remuneration
The table below shows the total remuneration and annual bonus for the Chief Executive Officer over the past ten years. During 
this period the CEO has not received any long-term incentive remuneration. 

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

2023

Total remuneration (£’000)
Annual bonus as a % of maximum opportunity
Long-term incentives as a % of maximum opportunity

276
63%
n/a

165

311

657

542
— 97% 100% 100% 53%
n/a
n/a

693

n/a

n/a

n/a

435
 —
n/a

451

656

687
— 46% 53%
n/a
n/a

n/a

The Group is also required to report on its CEO pay gap ratio, which is detailed in the table below.

Financial year

Method

25th percentile pay ratio

Median pay ratio

75th percentile pay ratio

2023 CEO total remuneration 

Option A

2022

2023 CEO base salary 

Option A

2022

8.8

9.2

6.2

6.6

15.0

16.2

10.3

11.7

22.6

23.6

15.5

17.0

Option A was selected as the basis for the calculations above as it was considered to be the most accurate. The total remuneration 
for all of the Company’s UK employees was calculated, and those employees were then ranked from high to low, based on their total 
remuneration, with the employees whose remuneration places them at the 25th, 50th and 75th percentile points identified. The date 
by which these calculations were made was 28 February 2023 and no component of pay has been omitted from the calculations.

FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023  |  57

Directors’ report

The Directors have pleasure in submitting to the shareholders their 
Annual Report and the audited financial statements of the Group 
and Company for the year ended 28 February 2023. 

Results and dividend
The Group’s loss after taxation attributable to shareholders for 
the year to 28 February 2023 was £4,360k (FY22: profit £6,427k). 

The Directors do not propose the payment of a final dividend 
for the year. As a result, the total distribution relating to the 
year is £nil (FY22: £nil) per share. 

The price of the Company’s shares at close of business on 
28 February 2023 was £18.68 (FY22: £15.18) and the high and 
low share prices during the year were £24.50 (FY22: £29.40) 
and £12.30 (FY22: £13.78) respectively. The average share price 
during the year was £17.68 (FY22: £16.28).

Directors
The Directors who held office during the year were as follows:

U Fayyad 
V Gambale
S Keating
R Preston 
A Sayed
T Seifert 
D Troy

Directors and their interests
The interests of the Directors in shares during the year are set out 
in the Report of the Remuneration and Talent Committee and the 
information is incorporated into the Directors’ Report by reference.

Substantial shareholdings
At 22 May 2023, the Group had received notification of interests 
in 3% or more of the ordinary share capital from Juliana Conlon 
(14.3%), Baillie Gifford & Co (13.1%), Octopus Investments (10.9%), 
Columbia Threadneedle Investments (9.8%), Liontrust Asset 
Management (5.9%), T Rowe Price (4.9%), Canaccord Genuity 
(4.8%) and Invesco (4.4%). 

Research and development
The Group’s policy is to invest in product innovation and engage 
in research and development activities geared towards the 
enhancement of its software products. During the year costs of 
£23,138k (FY22: £18,553k) were capitalised in respect of activities 
which were deemed to be development activities in accordance 
with the Group’s accounting policies. Research and development 
costs of £3,974k (FY22: £2,572k) were expensed during the year.

AIM Rule Compliance Report
FD Technologies plc is quoted on AIM and as a result the Company 
has complied with AIM Rule 31 which requires the following:

 • have in place sufficient procedures, resources and controls 

to enable its compliance with the AIM Rules;

 • seek advice from its nominated adviser regarding its 

compliance with the Rules whenever appropriate and take 
that advice into account;

58  |  FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023

 • provide its nominated adviser with any information it 

reasonably requests in order for the nominated adviser 
to carry out its responsibilities under the AIM Rules for 
Nominated Advisers, including any proposed changes to 
the Board of Directors and provision of draft notifications 
in advance of publication;

 • ensure that each of the Company’s Directors accept full 
responsibility, collectively and individually, for compliance 
with the AIM Rules; and

 • ensure that each Director discloses without delay all information 
which the Company needs in order to comply with AIM Rule 17 
(Disclosure of Miscellaneous Information) insofar as that 
information is known to the Director or could with reasonable 
diligence be ascertained by the Director.

In addition, the Company maintains compliance with AIM Rule 26, 
which lists a range of information that the Company is required to 
make available. AIM Rule 26 also requires the Company to adopt 
a corporate governance code and it has chosen the UK Corporate 
Governance Code 2018, against which the Directors are 
responsible for reporting the Company’s compliance. 

Section 172 compliance statement
The Directors have acted in good faith to promote the success 
of the Company for the benefit of its members as a whole. In 
doing so, they have given regard, amongst other matters, to 
the following matters set out in Section 172(1)(a) to (f) of the 
Companies Act 2006:

a)  the likely consequences of any decision in the long term;

b)  the interests of the Company’s employees;

c)   the need to foster the Company’s business relationships 

with suppliers, customers and others;

d)   the impact of the Company’s operations on the community 

and the environment;

e)   the desirability of the Company maintaining a reputation 

for high standards of business conduct; and

f)  the need to act fairly as between members of the Company.

An explanation of how the views of stakeholders have been taken 
into account in the Board’s decision making during the year is 
provided in the Stakeholder Engagement section of this report 
on pages 10 and 11.

Fair, balanced, understandable
The Board of Directors has combined the knowledge and 
experience derived by each of them from other board positions 
with a review of the annual reports of other similar enterprises in 
order to satisfy themselves that the Annual Report and Financial 
Statements, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable 
and provides the information necessary for shareholders to 
assess the Group’s position and performance, business model 
and strategy.

Corporate governanceEmployee engagement
The Group’s policy on employees remains to adopt a very open 
management style, keeping employees informed of all matters 
affecting them as employees including key financial and economic 
factors affecting the Group’s performance. This is achieved 
through meetings and informal consultation at all levels. An 
annual Group-wide employee satisfaction review is conducted 
by an independent third-party organisation, as detailed in the 
Corporate responsibility section, with the results being utilised 
to inform the Group’s push to make it an employer of choice in 
the sector.

Page 10 provides details of how the Board takes into account the 
effect of its decisions on employees and how that has impacted 
decisions taken during the year, while also detailing the ways in 
which Directors have engaged with employees.

Employee opportunities
It is the Group’s policy to ensure that equal opportunity is 
given for the employment, training and career development 
of disabled persons, including persons who become disabled 
whilst in the Group’s employment.

Business relationships
The Directors are mindful of the need to foster and maintain 
strong working relationships with customers, suppliers and 
others. Further information on how the Directors take into 
account this requirement in its decision making is provided 
on page 10.

Financial instruments
The Group’s financial risk management objective is broadly to 
seek to make neither a profit nor loss from exposure to currency 
or interest rate risk. The policy is to finance working capital and 
the acquisitions of property, plant and equipment through 
retained earnings and through borrowings at prevailing market 
interest rates.

The Group does not use derivatives to manage its financial risks. 
The main cash flow, credit and liquidity risks are those 
associated with selling on credit. However, the vast majority of 
the Group’s clients are substantial enterprises which reduces the 
risk of default. The Group is also exposed to the impact of 
fluctuations in exchange rates as it generates income and incurs 
expenses in currencies other than sterling (GBP). The Group’s 
main exposure is to the US dollar (USD), euro (EUR) and Canadian 
dollar (CAD). However, because it has both income and expenses 
denominated in foreign currency, its net exposures are 
substantially lower than the gross balances.

In addition, the Group has financial risk exposure as a result 
of debt financing for asset purchases, trade receivables and 
activities carried on by subsidiary undertakings, as well as 
exposure to movements in fair value of equity investments and 
convertible loans. The Group’s financial position is structured to 
take advantage of a natural foreign currency hedge using excess 
cash generated from operations to repay the associated capital 
and interest on US dollar borrowings. Furthermore, by funding in 
US dollars the acquisitions of Market Resource Partners LLC 
(MRP), Reference Data Factory LLC (RDF), Prelytix Inc. and Kx 
Systems, the Group achieves a net investment hedge against 
a significant portion of its translation exposure on the net assets 
of its foreign operations.

Political donations
The Group and Company made no political donations during 
the year (FY22: nil).

Annual General Meeting voting
At the AGM held on 7 July 2022, resolution 4 (to reappoint Virginia 
Gambale) was passed with the necessary majority but with less 
than 80% in favour. In response to the AGM voting the Board 
engaged with the Group’s major shareholders, particularly those 
identified as dissenting, to understand and discuss their concerns 
with respect to the resolution. The discussions with institutional 
shareholders with regard to this resolution centred on concerns 
regarding overboarding. The Company believes that Virginia 
Gambale has demonstrated her ability to contribute most 
effectively in her role, evidenced throughout her more than seven 
years of service as a Director. The Company also notes that major 
shareholder governance bodies such as ISS recommended voting 
for her reappointment. However, under the governance policies of 
certain of our institutional shareholders she was considered to be 
overboarded and they voted against her reappointment on that 
basis. Following this dialogue, the Board does not propose to 
make any changes to its composition and confirms its 
commitment to active dialogue with its shareholders.

Future developments
As highlighted in the Chair’s Review and the Business Review, the 
Group focuses on the sale of software and consulting services. It 
remains the key strategy of the Group to increase its share in its 
expanding range of target market segments through a 
combination of organic growth and selective acquisitions. 

Disclosure of information to auditor
The Directors who held office at the date of approval of this 
Directors’ Report confirm that, so far as they are each aware, 
there is no relevant audit information of which the Company’s 
auditor is unaware; and each Director has taken all the steps that 
they ought to have taken as a Director to become aware of any 
relevant audit information and to establish that the Company’s 
auditor is aware of that information. 

Auditor
The Board has recommended the reappointment of Deloitte (NI) 
Limited and a resolution to that effect will be proposed at the 
forthcoming Annual General Meeting. 

Other information
The other information required under Section 414C (ii) of the 
Companies Act 2006 to be disclosed in respect of the review 
of the Group’s business is given in the Chair’s Review, 
the Business Review and the Financial Review.

By order of the Board

J Kearns
Secretary
22 May 2023

FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023  |  59

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities in respect of the Strategic Report, 
the Directors’ Report and the financial statements

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report 
and the Group and parent Company financial statements in 
accordance with applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare Group and parent 
Company financial statements for each financial year. Under the 
AIM Rules of the London Stock Exchange they are required to 
prepare the Group financial statements in accordance with 
International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the 
International Accounting Standards Board and UK-adopted 
International Accounting Standards. This reporting framework is 
also consistent with the requirements of Euronext Growth Dublin 
market, where the Company’s shares are also listed.

Under company law, the Directors must not approve the financial 
statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair 
view of the state of affairs of the Group and parent Company 
and of the Group profit or loss for that period. In preparing 
each of the Group and parent Company financial statements, 
the Directors are required to:

 • select suitable accounting policies and then apply 

them consistently; 

 • make judgements and estimates that are reasonable, 

relevant and reliable; 

 • state whether they have been prepared in accordance with 
International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the 
International Accounting Standards Board and UK-adopted 
International Accounting Standards;

 • assess the Group and parent Company’s ability to continue 

as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related 
to going concern; and

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting 
records that are sufficient to show and explain the parent 
Company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy 
at any time the financial position of the parent Company and 
enable them to ensure that its financial statements comply with 
the Companies Act 2006. They are responsible for such internal 
control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation 
of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error, and have general responsibility for 
taking such steps as are reasonably open to them to safeguard 
the assets of the Group and to prevent and detect fraud and 
other irregularities.

Under applicable law and regulations, the Directors are also 
responsible for preparing a Strategic Report and a Directors’ 
Report that comply with that law and those regulations.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity 
of the corporate and financial information included on the 
Company’s website. Legislation in the UK governing the 
preparation and dissemination of financial statements 
may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

We consider the Annual Report and financial statements, taken 
as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and provides 
the information necessary for shareholders to assess the 
Group’s position and performance, business model and strategy.

On behalf of the Board

 • use the going concern basis of accounting unless they either 
intend to liquidate the Group or the parent Company or to 
cease operations or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

J Kearns
Secretary
22 May 2023

60  |  FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023

Corporate governanceFinancial statements

Financial 
statements

In this section

62 

Independent auditor’s report

70 

 Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

72  Consolidated balance sheet

73  Company balance sheet

74  Consolidated statement of changes in equity

76  Company statement of changes in equity

78  Consolidated cash flow statement

79  Company cash flow statement

80  Notes

126  Global directory

IBC  Directors and advisers

FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023  |  61

Independent auditor’s report
to the members of FD Technologies plc

Report on the audit of the financial statements

1. Opinion

In our opinion: 

 • the financial statements of FD Technologies plc (the ‘company’) and its subsidiaries (the ‘group’) give a true and fair view of 
the state of the group’s and of the company’s affairs as at 28 February 2023 and of the group’s loss for the year then ended;

 • the group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom adopted international 

accounting standards;

 • the company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom adopted 

international accounting standards and as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006; and

 • the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

We have audited the financial statements which comprise:

 • the consolidated statement of comprehensive income;

 • the consolidated and company balance sheets;

 • the consolidated and company statements of changes in equity;

 • the consolidated and company cash flow statements; and

 • the related notes 1 to 34.

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in their preparation is applicable law, and United Kingdom adopted 
international accounting standards and, as regards the company financial statements, as applied in accordance with the 
provisions of the Companies Act 2006.

2. Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our responsibilities 
under those standards are further described in the auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report. 

We are independent of the group and the company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the 
financial statements in the UK, including the Financial Reporting Council’s (the ‘FRC’s’) Ethical Standard as applied to listed entities, 
and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. 

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

62  |  FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023

Financial statements3. Summary of our audit approach

Key audit matters

The key audit matters that we identified in the current year were:

 • Revenue recognition relating to accrued income; and

 • Capitalisation of internally developed software costs. 

Within this report, key audit matters are identified as follows:

!

  Newly identified

  Increased level of risk

  Similar level of risk

  Decreased level of risk

Materiality

The materiality that we used for the group financial statements was £1,200k which was determined 
on the basis of approximately 0.4% of revenue.

The materiality that we used for the company financial statements was £1,080k, which was determined 
based on approximately 0.5% of revenue. 

Scoping

We determined the scope of our group audit by obtaining an understanding of the group and its environment 
and assessing the risks of material misstatement at the group level.

Our full scope and specified audit procedures covered 99% (2022: 98%) of total group revenue; 93% 
(2022: 89% group profit before tax) of group loss before tax and 98% (2022: 99%) of total group assets.

Significant changes 
in our approach

There have been no significant changes in our approach from the prior year audit. 

4.  Conclusions relating to going concern

In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting 
in the preparation of the financial statements is appropriate.

Our evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the group’s and company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis 
of accounting included:

 • obtaining an understanding of the group’s and company’s business model, objectives, strategies and related business risks, 
how the group and company is structured and financed and the measurement and review of the group’s and company’s 
financial performance, including the FY24 budget, future cash flows and management’s budgeting processes;

 • challenging and assessing the forecasts prepared by management including an assessment of the assumptions used in the 

forecast, including assumptions around profitability levels, and a challenge to the assumptions based on a retrospective review 
of forecasts prepared by management and amount of headroom in the forecasts;

 • evaluating the relevance and reliability of the underlying data management used to make the assessments noted in the above 

procedure; and

 • reviewing the adequacy of the disclosures included in the financial statements on going concern and, through our audit 

procedures, assessing whether they are appropriate.

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, 
individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the group’s and company’s ability to continue as a going concern for 
a period of at least twelve months from when the financial statements are authorised for issue.

In relation to the reporting on how the group has applied the UK Corporate Governance Code, we have nothing material to add 
or draw attention to in relation to the directors’ statement in the financial statements about whether the directors considered it 
appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections 
of this report.

FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023  |  63

Independent auditor’s report continued
to the members of FD Technologies plc

5. Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial 
statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due 
to fraud) that we identified. These matters included those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, the allocation 
of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team.

These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, 
and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

5.1.  Revenue recognition relating to accrued income 

Key audit matter 
description

The group had £8.3m (2022: £8.5m) of accrued income at 28 February 2023 with £296m of revenue 
recognised in the year (2022: £263.5m).

The delivery of licensing or service revenue may occur over multiple accounting periods which due to either 
fraud or error could result in revenue being misstated at the balance sheet date due to incorrect recognition 
of accrued income.

Revenue accrued at the balance sheet date could be misstated where the correct revenue recognition 
policies may not have been applied to contracts primarily due to the following factors:

 • Revenue from contracts may not have been correctly recognised over the installation period for software 

installations or over the appropriate service period for service contracts which can be time or performance based. 

 • Accrued income balances recorded at year end may not reflect the appropriate level of revenue to be recognised 

at the balance sheet date. 

The timing of revenue recognition has been disclosed as an area where critical judgement has been applied 
in accounting policies in note 1 and in the report of the Audit and Risk Committee (page 47). Accrued income 
is disclosed in note 4 and note 19.

In order to address the key audit matter, our procedures included the following:

 • obtained an understanding of the process and relevant controls for ensuring appropriate recognition of accrued 
income and evaluated the design and determined the implementation of the relevant controls relating to accrued 
income and tested their operating effectiveness; 

 • carried out a review of the appropriateness of revenue recognition policies adopted under United Kingdom 

adopted international accounting standards including disclosures in the financial statements;

 • tested a sample of contracts including performing a recalculation of revenue to be recognised based on the 
contract terms and comparing this to actual accrued income to assess for possible management bias; and

 • challenged the appropriateness of accrued income as at the balance sheet date; this work included reviewing 

supporting documentation on a sample basis to determine whether the performance obligations had been met. 

How the scope of 
our audit responded 
to the key audit 
matter

Key observations

We have no observations that impact on our audit in respect of the revenue recognition relating to accrued income.

5.2. Capitalisation of internally developed software costs 

Key audit matter 
description

At 28 February 2023, the group held internally developed software costs with a net book value of £56.3m 
(2022: £44.4m). Costs in relation to internally generated intangible assets are capitalised when all of the 
criteria as set out in IAS 38 “Intangible Assets” are met.

How the scope of 
our audit responded 
to the key audit 
matter

There is a risk that additions are made to internally developed software costs before all the required 
capitalisation criteria are met, whether through fraud or error. Expenditure is capitalised from the date when 
the intangible asset first meets the recognition criteria and, in determining the amount to be capitalised, 
management make judgements regarding expected future cash generation of the asset.

The capitalisation of internally developed software costs has been disclosed as an area where critical judgement 
has been applied in accounting policies in note 1 and in the report of the Audit and Risk Committee (page 47). 
Internally developed software capitalised in the year is disclosed in note 16.

In order to address the key audit matter, our procedures included the following:

 • obtained an understanding of the process and related controls for ensuring appropriate capitalisation of internally 

developed software costs;

 • evaluated the design and determined the implementation of the relevant controls in place to separately identify 

when development activities meet recognition criteria; 

 • reviewed the capitalised project register and completed procedures to determine whether the internally 

developed software costs were recorded accurately and whether the costs met the required capitalisation criteria 
in accordance with IAS 38; and 

 • agreed the amount of internally developed software costs capitalised to underlying documentation detailing cost 

per project, including timesheet and salary data.

Key observations

We have no observations that impact on our audit in respect of the capitalisation of internally developed 
software costs.

64  |  FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023

Financial statements 
 
6. Our application of materiality
6.1. Materiality
We define materiality as the magnitude of misstatement in the financial statements that makes it probable that the economic 
decisions of a reasonably knowledgeable person would be changed or influenced. We use materiality both in planning the scope 
of our audit work and in evaluating the results of our work.

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Materiality

Basis for 
determining 
materiality

Rationale for the 
benchmark applied

Group financial statements

£1,200k (2022: £1,054k)

Approximately 0.4% of revenue.

Revenue is a key performance measure for 
management, investors and the analyst community. 
This metric is important to the users of the financial 
statements (investors and analysts being the key 
users for a listed entity) because it portrays the 
performance and growth of the business, particularly 
as the group seeks to grow through the increased 
investment in the business and hence its ability 
to pay a return on investment to the investors. 

Company financial statements

£1,080k (2022: £936k)

Company materiality equates to approximately 0.5% 
of revenue and is capped at 90% of group materiality. 

Revenue was considered to be the most appropriate 
measure for the company given it is a key performance 
measure for management and the analyst community 
as a trading company. As this was higher than group 
materiality, we capped company materiality at 90% 
of group materiality.

Revenue £296,042k

98

  Revenue

  Group materiality

Group materiality: £1,200k

Component materiality range £17k to £1,080k

Audit Committee reporting threshold: £60k

6.2.  Performance materiality
We set performance materiality at a level lower than materiality to reduce the probability that, in aggregate, uncorrected 
and undetected misstatements exceed the materiality for the financial statements as a whole. 

Performance 
materiality

Basis and rationale 
for determining 
performance 
materiality

Group financial statements

80% of group materiality

Company financial statements

90% of company materiality 

We deemed the performance materiality level 
to be appropriate based on:

We deemed the performance materiality level 
to be appropriate based on:

 • Our risk assessment, including our assessment of 
the group’s overall control environment and that 
we consider it appropriate to rely on controls over 
a number of business processes;

 • Our risk assessment, including our assessment of 

the company’s overall control environment and that 
we consider it appropriate to rely on controls over 
a number of business processes;

 • our understanding of the entity and its 

 • our understanding of the entity and its 

environment, and the nature of the entity 
being listed; and

environment; and

 • the level of corrected and uncorrected 

 • the level of corrected and uncorrected 

misstatements recorded in the prior year audit.

misstatements recorded in the prior year audit.

6.3.  Error reporting threshold
We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to the Committee all audit differences in excess of £60.0k (2022: £52.5k), 
as well as differences below that threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds. We also report to the Audit 
Committee on disclosure matters that we identified when assessing the overall presentation of the financial statements.

FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023  |  65

+
2
+
N
Independent auditor’s report continued
to the members of FD Technologies plc

7. An overview of the scope of our audit
7.1.  Identification and scoping of components
The group operates in 14 locations across 4 continents with the largest footprint being in North America and Europe. We determined 
the scope of our group audit by obtaining an understanding of the group and its environment, including group-wide controls, and 
assessing the risks of material misstatement at the group and component level. Based on that assessment, we focused our group 
audit scope on the audit work at the Newry location, where the group entities finance functions are centrally managed. 

There were no separate component audit teams, with the entire audit including the testing of the consolidation being conducted 
by one central audit team. 

Of the group’s 36 components, we subjected 10 of the components to full audit scope, specified audit procedures were undertaken 
on a further 5 components and analytical procedures were performed on a further 5 components. The other 16 components 
represent non-trading or very small entities. Our full scope and specified audit procedures covered 99% (2022: 98%) of total group 
revenue; 93% (2022: 89% group profit before tax) of group loss before tax and 98% (2022: 99%) of total group assets. 

These components were selected based on the level of coverage achieved and to provide an appropriate basis for undertaking audit 
work to address the risks of material misstatement identified above. Our audit work for all components was executed at levels of 
materiality applicable to each individual unit which were lower than group materiality and ranged from £17k to £1,080k.

At the group level, we also tested the consolidation process and carried out analytical procedures to confirm our conclusion that 
there were no significant risks of material misstatement of the aggregated financial information of the remaining components not 
subject to a full audit.

Revenue

98+

  Full audit scope: 98%

Loss before tax

89+

  Full audit scope: 89%

Group assets

97+

  Full audit scope: 97%

  Specified audit procedures: 1%

  Specified audit procedures: 4%

  Specified audit procedures: 1%

  Review at group level: 1%

  Review at group level: 2%

  Out of scope: 5%

  Review at group level: 1%

  Out of scope: 1%

8. Other information
The other information comprises the information included in the annual report, other than the financial statements and our auditor’s 
report thereon. The directors are responsible for the other information contained within the annual report.

Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated 
in our report, we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent 
with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the course of the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated.

If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required to determine whether this gives rise 
to a material misstatement in the financial statements themselves. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there 
is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

66  |  FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023

Financial statements1
+
1
+
N
4
+
2
+
5
+
N
1
+
1
+
1
+
N
9. Responsibilities of directors
As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors’ responsibilities, the directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial 
statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as the directors determine is 
necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the group’s and the company’s ability to continue as 
a going concern, disclosing as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless 
the directors either intend to liquidate the group or the company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

10. Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is 
a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material 
misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, 
they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the FRC’s website at: 
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report.

11.  Extent to which the audit was considered capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with our 
responsibilities, outlined above, to detect material misstatements in respect of irregularities, including fraud. The extent to which 
our procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud is detailed below. 

Identifying and assessing potential risks related to irregularities

11.1. 
In identifying and assessing risks of material misstatement in respect of irregularities, including fraud and non-compliance with 
laws and regulations, we considered the following:

 • the nature of the industry and sector, control environment and business performance including the design of the group’s 

and company’s remuneration policies, key drivers for directors’ remuneration, bonus levels and performance targets;

 • results of our enquiries of management, internal audit, the directors and the audit committee about their own identification 

and assessment of the risks of irregularities, including those that are specific to the group’s sector; 

 • any matters we identified having obtained and reviewed the group’s and company’s documentation of their policies and procedures 

relating to:

 - identifying, evaluating and complying with laws and regulations and whether they were aware of any instances of non-compliance 

including legacy employee tax liabilities as set out in note 6;

 - detecting and responding to the risks of fraud and whether they have knowledge of any actual, suspected or alleged fraud;

 - the internal controls established to mitigate risks of fraud or non-compliance with laws and regulations;

 • the matters discussed among the audit engagement team and relevant internal specialists, including tax and valuations specialists 

regarding how and where fraud might occur in the financial statements and any potential indicators of fraud.

As a result of these procedures, we considered the opportunities and incentives that may exist within the organisation for fraud and 
identified the greatest potential for fraud in the following areas: ‘Revenue recognition relating to accrued income’ and ‘Capitalisation 
of internally developed software costs’. In common with all audits under ISAs (UK), we are also required to perform specific 
procedures to respond to the risk of management override.

We also obtained an understanding of the legal and regulatory frameworks that the group and company operates in, focusing on 
provisions of those laws and regulations that had a direct effect on the determination of material amounts and disclosures in the 
financial statements. The key laws and regulations we considered in this context included the relevant accounting framework, 
Companies Act 2006 and relevant tax legislation.

In addition, we considered provisions of other laws and regulations that do not have a direct effect on the financial statements but 
compliance with which may be fundamental to the group’s and company’s ability to operate or to avoid a material penalty. These 
include the EU General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) and possible inadvertent software patent infringements under governing 
laws including the UK Patent Act 1977 and the European Patent Convention.

FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023  |  67

Independent auditor’s report continued
to the members of FD Technologies plc

11.2.  Audit response to risks identified
As a result of performing the above, we identified ‘Revenue recognition relating to accrued income’ and ‘Capitalisation of internally 
developed software costs’ as key audit matters related to the potential risk of fraud. The key audit matters section of our report 
explains the matters in more detail and also describes the specific procedures we performed in response to those key audit matters. 

In addition to the above, our procedures to respond to risks identified included the following:

 • reviewing the financial statement disclosures and testing to supporting documentation to assess compliance with provisions 

of relevant laws and regulations described as having a direct effect on the financial statements;

 • enquiring of management, the audit committee and in-house legal counsel concerning actual and potential litigation and claims;

 • performing analytical procedures to identify any unusual or unexpected relationships that may indicate risks of material 

misstatement due to fraud;

 • reading minutes of meetings of those charged with governance; and

 • in addressing the risk of fraud through management override of controls, testing the appropriateness of journal entries and other 

adjustments; assessing whether the judgements made in making accounting estimates are indicative of a potential bias; and 
evaluating the business rationale of any significant transactions that are unusual or outside the normal course of business.

We also communicated relevant identified laws and regulations and potential fraud risks to all engagement team members including 
internal specialists, and remained alert to any indications of fraud or non-compliance with laws and regulations throughout the audit.

Report on other legal and regulatory requirements

12.  Opinions on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:

 • the information given in the strategic report and the directors’ report for the financial year for which the financial statements 

are prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and

 • the strategic report and the directors’ report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and the company and their environment obtained in the course 
of the audit, we have not identified any material misstatements in the strategic report or the directors’ report.

13.  Corporate Governance Statement
As you have chosen to voluntarily comply with the UK Corporate Governance Code, we are required to review the directors’ 
statement in relation to going concern, longer-term viability and that part of the Corporate Governance Statement relating 
to the group’s compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code specified for our review.

Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following elements of the Corporate 
Governance Statement is materially consistent with the financial statements and our knowledge obtained during the audit: 

 • the directors’ statement with regards to the appropriateness of adopting the going concern basis of accounting and 

any material uncertainties identified, set out on page 47;

 • the directors’ explanation as to its assessment of the group’s and company’s prospects, the period this assessment covers 

and why the period is appropriate, set out on page 47;

 • the directors’ statement on fair, balanced and understandable, set out on page 58;

 • the board’s confirmation that it has carried out a robust assessment of the emerging and principal risks, set out on page 45;

 • the section of the annual report that describes the review of effectiveness of risk management and internal control systems, 

set out on page 45; and

 • the section describing the work of the audit committee, set out on page 48.

68  |  FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023

Financial statements14. 
 Matters on which we are required to report by exception
14.1.  Adequacy of explanations received and accounting records
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

 • we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or

 • adequate accounting records have not been kept by the company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received 

from branches not visited by us; or

 • the company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns.

We have nothing to report in respect of these matters.

14.2.  Directors’ remuneration
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are also required to report if in our opinion certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration have 
not been made.

We have nothing to report in respect of this matter.

15.  Use of our report
This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. 
Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the company’s members those matters we are required to state to 
them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility 
to anyone other than the company and the company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions 
we have formed.

Richard Howard FCA (Senior statutory auditor) 
For and on behalf of Deloitte (NI) Limited
Statutory Auditor
Belfast, United Kingdom
22 May 2023

FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023  |  69

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
Year ended 28 February 2023

Revenue

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Operating costs

Research and development costs

– of which capitalised

Sales and marketing costs

Administrative expenses

Impairment loss on trade and other receivables

Total operating costs

Other income

Operating (loss)/profit

Finance income

Finance expense

Gain/(loss) on foreign currency translation

Net finance costs

Share of gain of associate, net of tax

Profit on disposal of associate

(Loss)/profit before taxation

Income tax expense

(Loss)/profit for the year

Note

3 & 4

2023
£’000

2022
£’000

296,042

263,463 

(173,701)

(157,327)

3

122,341

106,136

(27,112)

(21,125)

23,138

(50,927)

(66,592)

(2,645)

18,553

(47,355)

(51,949)

(695)

(124,138)

(102,571)

249

(1,548)

24

(4,777)

2,107

(2,646)

—

3,017

(1,177)

(2,836)

(4,013)

2,816

6,381

262

(3,015)

(1,834)

(4,587)

262

6,943

8,999

(2,572)

6,427

31

6

5

10

10

10

17

17

11

70  |  FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Loss)/profit for the year

Other comprehensive income

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

Equity investments at FVOCI – net change in fair value

Net gain on sale of FVOCI holding

Items that will or may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

Net exchange gain on net investment in foreign subsidiaries

Net loss on hedge of net investment in foreign subsidiaries

Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax

Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to owners of the parent

(Loss)/earnings per share

Basic

Diluted

All profits are attributable to the owners of the Company and relate to continuing activities.

2023
£’000

(4,013)

2022
£’000

6,427

(522)

—

12,052

(3,124)

8,406

4,393

(1,408)

150

3,237

(1,183)

796

7,223

Note

Pence

Pence

14a

14a

(14.4)

(14.4)

23.1

22.9

FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023  |  71

 
 
 
 
 
 
Note

2023 
£’000

2022 
£’000

15

16

18

19

24

19

25

20

25,593

28,343

175,660

155,607

9,356

2,548

21,313

19,676

3,745

17,998

234,470

225,369

96,749

6,114

36,905

74,029

4,172

48,564

139,768

126,765

374,238

352,134

21

140

139

103,789

100,424

18,974

18,404

3,002

5,354

9,755

(3,574)

69,609

67,391

200,868

192,539

22

23

24

22

23

4

25

26

17,026

3,681

15,758

36,465

39,911

41,466

48,407

682

6,439

62,504

3,190

15,307

81,001

9,054

33,606

26,990

382

8,562

136,905

78,594

173,370

159,595

374,238

352,134

Consolidated balance sheet
As at 28 February 2023
Registered Company number: NI 30731

Assets

Property, plant and equipment

Intangible assets and goodwill

Other financial assets

Trade and other receivables

Deferred tax assets

Non-current assets

Trade and other receivables

Current tax receivable

Cash and cash equivalents

Current assets

Total assets

Equity

Share capital

Share premium

Share option reserve

Fair value reserve

Currency translation adjustment reserve

Retained earnings

Equity attributable to owners of the Company

Liabilities

Loans and borrowings

Trade and other payables

Deferred tax liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Loans and borrowings

Trade and other payables

Deferred income

Current tax payable

Employee benefits

Current liabilities

Total liabilities

Total equity and liabilities

These financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 22 May 2023.

Seamus Keating 
Chief Executive Officer 

Ryan Preston 
Chief Financial Officer

72  |  FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company balance sheet
As at 28 February 2023
Registered Company number: NI 30731

Assets

Property, plant and equipment

Intangible assets and goodwill

Investment in subsidiaries

Other financial assets

Trade and other receivables

Deferred tax assets

Non-current assets

Trade and other receivables

Current tax receivable

Cash and cash equivalents

Current assets

Total assets

Equity

Share capital

Share premium

Share option reserve

Fair value reserve

Retained earnings

Equity attributable to shareholders

Liabilities

Loans and borrowings 

Trade and other payables

Deferred tax liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Loans and borrowings

Trade and other payables

Deferred income

Employee benefits

Current liabilities

Total liabilities

Total equity and liabilities

Note

2023
£’000

2022
£’000

15

16

17

18

19

24

19

25

20

12,195

43,833

13,111

35,587

130,978

132,435

956

56,163

17,143

3,485

56,877

11,953

261,268

253,448

64,398

5,176

18,958

84,245

3,969

16,236

88,532

104,450

349,800

357,898

21

140

139

103,789

100,424

19,285

(1,014)

21,686

18,624

1,547

43,949

143,886

164,683

7,522

2,972

8,042

51,475

2,579

7,306

18,536

61,360

37,506

6,756

118,479

105,806

27,552

3,841

13,063

6,230

187,378

131,855

205,914

193,215

349,800

357,898

22

23

24

22

23

4

26

The Company’s loss for the year ended 28 February 2023 was £22,263k (2022: profit £9,236k).

These financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 22 May 2023.

Seamus Keating 
Chief Executive Officer 

Ryan Preston
Chief Financial Officer

FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023  |  73

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
Year ended 28 February 2023

Share 
capital
£’000

Share 
premium
£’000

Merger
reserve
£’000

Share 
option 
reserve
£’000

Fair value 
reserve
£’000

Currency 
translation 
adjustment
£’000

Retained 
earnings
£’000

Total 
equity
£’000

Balance at 1 March 2022

139

100,424

—

18,404

9,755

(3,574)

67,391

192,539

Total comprehensive income 
for the year

Loss for the year

Other comprehensive income

Net exchange gain on net 
investment in foreign subsidiaries 

Net exchange loss on hedge of net 
investment in foreign subsidiaries 

Transfer of reserve of sale of 
equity investment

Net change in fair value of equity 
investments at FVOCI

Total comprehensive income 
for the year

Transactions with owners 
of the Company

Tax relating to share options

Exercise of share options

Issue of shares

Share based payment charge

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

1

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

3,079

286

—

Balance at 28 February 2023

140 103,789

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

245

—

—

325

—

—

—

—

(4,013)

(4,013)

12,052

(3,124)

—

—

12,052

(3,124)

(6,231)

(522)

—

—

6,231

—

—

(522)

(6,753)

8,928

2,218

4,393

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

245

3,080

286

325

18,974

3,002

5,354

69,609  200,868

74  |  FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Share 
capital
£’000

Share 
premium
£’000

Merger
reserve
£’000

Share
 option 
reserve
£’000

Fair value 
reserve
£’000

Currency 
translation 
adjustment
£’000

Retained 
earnings
£’000

Total
 equity
£’000

Balance at 1 March 2021

139

99,396

8,118

16,790

10,682

(5,628)

53,177

182,674

Total comprehensive income 
for the year

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income

Net exchange gain on net 
investment in foreign subsidiaries 

Net exchange loss on hedge of net 
investment in foreign subsidiaries 

Net change in fair value of equity 
investments at FVOCI

Net gain/(loss) on sale of FVOCI 
holding

Total comprehensive income 
for the year

Transactions with owners 
of the Company

Tax relating to share options

Exercise of share options

Issue of shares

Share based payment charge

Transfer (see note 21)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

773

255

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(8,118)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(1,408)

481

— 

6,427 

6,427 

3,237

(1,183)

—

—

—

—

—

3,237

(1,183)

(1,408)

(331)

150

(927)

2,054

6,096

7,223

80

—

—

1,534

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

8,118

80

773

255

1,534

—

Balance at 28 February 2022

139

100,424

—

18,404

9,755

(3,574)

67,391

192,539

FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023  |  75

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company statement of changes in equity
Year ended 28 February 2023

Balance at 1 March 2022

Total comprehensive income for the year

Loss for the year

Other comprehensive income

Net change in fair value of equity investments  
at FVOCI

Total comprehensive income for the year

Transactions with owners of the Company

Tax relating to share options

Exercise of share options

Issue of shares

Share based payment charge

Share 
capital
£’000

Share 
premium
£’000

139

100,424

—

—

—

—

1

—

—

—

—

—

—

3,079

286

—

Balance at 28 February 2023

140 103,789

Merger
reserve
£’000

Share
 option 
reserve
£’000

Fair value 
reserve
£’000

Retained 
earnings
£’000

Total
equity
£’000

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

18,624

1,547

43,949

164,683

—

—

—

336

—

—

325

—

(22,263)

(22,263)

(2,561)

—

(2,561)

(2,561)

(22,263)

(24,824)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

336

3,080

286

325

19,285

(1,014)

21,686 143,886

76  |  FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
Share 
capital
£’000

Share 
premium
£’000

Merger
reserve
£’000

Share
 option 
reserve
£’000

Fair value 
reserve
£’000

Retained 
earnings
£’000

Total
equity
£’000

Balance at 1 March 2021

139

99,396

8,118

16,985

3,986

26,595

155,219

Total comprehensive income for the year

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income

Net change in fair value of equity investments  
at FVOCI

Total comprehensive income for the year

Transactions with owners of the Company

Tax relating to share options

Exercise of share options

Issue of shares

Share based payment charge

Transfer (see note 21)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

773

255

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(8,118)

—

—

—

105

—

—

1,534

—

—

9,236

9,236

(2,439)

—

(2,439)

(2,439)

9,236

6,797

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

8,118

105

773

255

1,534

—

Balance at 28 February 2022

139

100,424

—

18,624

1,547

43,949

164,683

FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023  |  77

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated cash flow statement
Year ended 28 February 2023

Cash flows from operating activities

(Loss)/profit for the year

Adjustments for:

Net finance costs

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

Amortisation of intangible assets

Equity-settled share based payment transactions

Profit on disposal of associate

Loss/(profit) on disposal of fixed assets

Other income

Grant income

Share of profit of associate

Tax expense

Changes in:

Trade and other receivables

Trade and other payables and deferred income

Cash generated from operating activities

Taxes paid

Net cash from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities

Interest received

Acquisition of subsidiaries

Acquisition of other investments

Sale of associate

Sale of other investments

Acquisition of property, plant and equipment

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

Acquisition of intangible assets

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Proceeds from issue of share capital

Repayment of borrowings

Payment of lease liabilities

Interest paid

Net cash used in financing activities

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at 1 March 

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash held

Cash and cash equivalents at 28 February 

78  |  FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023

2023
£’000

2022
£’000

(4,013)

6,427

2,646

7,265

4,587

6,308

14,331

13,817

325

(3,017)

5

(9)

(240)

—

2,836

1,534

(6,943)

(222)

(2,499)

(317)

(262)

2,572

20,129

25,002

(14,604)

22,970

28,495

(1,467)

(1,585)

5,473

28,890

(407)

27,028

28,483

24

—

—

19

(118)

(95)

100

11,001

8,139

(2,940)

67

175

(2,777)

920

(23,468)

(18,931)

(18,078)

(9,806)

3,080

773

(17,823)

(19,141)

(4,000)

(3,666)

(3,598)

(2,932)

(22,409)

(24,898)

(13,459)

48,564

1,800

(6,221)

55,198

(413)

36,905

48,564

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company cash flow statement
Year ended 28 February 2023

Cash flows from operating activities

(Loss)/profit for the year

Adjustments for:

Net finance costs

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

Amortisation of intangible assets

Dividends from subsidiary

Disposal of subsidiary

Loss/(profit) on disposal of fixed asset

Equity-settled share based payment transactions

Other income

Grant income

Impairment of investment

Tax credit

Changes in:

Trade and other receivables

Trade and other payables and deferred income

Cash generated from operating activities

Tax refund

Net cash from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities

Interest received

Acquisition of subsidiaries

Sale/(acquisition) of other investments

Acquisition of property, plant and equipment

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

Acquisition of intangible assets

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Proceeds from issue of share capital

Repayment of borrowings

Payment of lease liabilities

Interest paid

Net cash used in financing activities

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at 1 March 

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash held

Cash and cash equivalents at 28 February 

2023
£’000

2022
£’000

(22,264)

9,236

7,920

2,926

9,171

—

—

5

325

(257)

(240)

7,546

(4,582)

6,144

2,325

7,661

(18,670)

1,137

(222)

1,534

(2,499)

(317)

—

(245)

550

6,084

14,217

24,494

39,261

1,134

(1,615)

5,488

9,957

469

40,395

10,426

24

(6)

9

19

(118)

(11)

(1,839)

(1,662)

67

920

(17,417)

(14,239)

(19,162)

(15,091)

3,080

773

(17,823)

(19,141)

(1,466)

(3,071)

(1,242)

(2,049)

(19,280)

(21,659)

1,953

16,236

769

(26,324)

43,095

(535)

18,958

16,236

FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023  |  79

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes

1. Significant accounting policies
FD Technologies plc (FTP or the ‘‘Company’’) is a public limited company incorporated and domiciled in Northern Ireland. 
The Company’s registered office is 3 Canal Quay, Newry BT35 6BP. The consolidated financial statements consolidate those of 
the Company and its subsidiaries (together referred to as the ‘‘Group’’) and equity accounts for the Group’s interest in its associate. 
The Company financial statements present information about the Company as a separate entity and not about the Group. 

The Group is primarily involved in the provision of a range of software and consulting services, particularly to finance, technology, 
pharma, manufacturing and energy institutions.

The financial statements were authorised by the Board of Directors for issuance on 22 May 2023.

a) Basis of preparation
The consolidated financial statements and the Company financial statements have been prepared and approved by the Directors in 
accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards (IFRS) and with the Companies Act 2006. On publishing the Group 
financial statements together with the Company financial statements, the Company is taking advantage of the exemption in Section 
408 of the Companies Act 2006 not to present its individual income statement and related notes that form a part of those approved 
financial statements.

The Group and Company financial statements are prepared on a historical cost basis except for share based payment arrangements 
which are measured in accordance with IFRS 2 and derivative financial instruments and equity investments that are in the scope of 
IFRS 9 which are measured at fair value.

The accounting policies set out below have, unless otherwise stated, been applied consistently to all periods presented in these 
consolidated financial statements and have been applied consistently by the Group and Company in changes in accounting policies.

Changes in accounting policies
The following standards, amendments and interpretations were effective for accounting periods beginning on or after 1 March 2022 
and these have been adopted in the Group and Company financial statements where relevant: 

 • Amendments to IFRS 3 (May 2020)

 • Amendments to IFRS 9, and IFRS 7 – Interest Rate Benchmark Reform

 • Amendments to IAS 16 Property, Plant and Equipment – Proceeds before Intended Use 

 • Amendments IAS 37 – Onerous Contracts – Cost of Fulfilling a Contract

 • Annual Improvements to IFRS Accounting Standards 2018-2020 (May 2020)

The changes listed above did not result in material changes to the Group and Company financial statements.

IFRSs not yet effective
A number of new standards, amendments to standards and interpretations are effective for annual periods beginning after 1 March 
2022 and have not been applied in preparing these financial statements. The relevant standards and interpretations not adopted are 
outlined below and will be applied when mandatory:

Amendments to IAS 1 

Amendments to IAS 1 and IFRS Practice Statement 2 – Disclosure of Accounting Policies

Amendments to IAS 8 

Amendments to IAS 12 Income Taxes

Amendments to IFRS 17

1 January 2023

1 January 2023 

1 January 2023

1 January 2023

1 January 2023

There are no other IFRS standards or interpretations that are not yet effective that would be expected to have a material impact on 
the Group. The Group has not early adopted any standard, interpretation or amendment that has been issued but is not yet effective.

Functional and presentational currency
The financial statements are presented in GBP, rounded to the nearest thousand, which is also the Company’s functional currency 
as its cost base is predominantly in this currency.

80  |  FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023

Financial statements1. Significant accounting policies continued
a) Basis of preparation continued
Going concern
The financial statements are prepared on a going concern basis. The Directors consider the Group to have a resilient business model 
and to have considerable financial resources. It meets its day-to-day working capital requirements through cash generated from its 
trading activities and has long-term loan facilities in place. The Group’s forecasts and projections show that the Group will continue 
to be cash generative and will be able to meet all obligations as they fall due with significant headroom.

The Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Company and the Group have adequate resources to continue in operational 
existence for the foreseeable future. Whilst the Group and Company are showing a net current liability position at the balance sheet 
date, this is reflective of the prevailing loan facility at this date which was renegotiated on 19 May 2023 and is disclosed as a post 
balance sheet event. Further information regarding the Group and Company’s loan facilities are discussed in note 22. In addition, 
the Company has sufficient cash resources available to it through its subsidiary undertakings, accordingly, the Directors continue 
to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the Annual Report and financial statements.

Note 2 to the financial statements includes the Group and Company’s objectives, policies and processes for managing its capital, 
financial risk management objectives and exposure to credit risk and liquidity risk. Note 31 details financial instruments and their 
impact on credit risk and liquidity.

Critical accounting estimates and judgements 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRSs requires management to make judgements, estimates and 
assumptions that affect the application of policies and reported amounts of assets and liabilities, income and expenses. Actual 
results may differ from these estimates. 

Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed and revised on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are 
recognised in the period in which the estimates are revised and in any future periods affected.

Information about critical judgements in applying accounting policies that have the most significant impact on the amounts 
recognised in the financial statements are as follows:

 • In determining Capitalised Internally Developed Software Costs, management will need to apply judgement and evaluate the 

technical and commercial feasibility of each product, and the ability to yield future economic benefits, and assess likelihood of 
success, and ability of the Group to complete each product. Judgements are used in determining what costs meet the requirement 
for capitalisation under IAS 38.

 • Management applies judgement in the recognition of revenue, determining when performance obligations are satisfied and control 

transferred. For software products provided as an annual license, including the right to regular upgrades, judgement is required when 
assessing whether the annual license is a separate performance obligation from the provision of upgrades to the customer. Management 
has assessed that the ongoing updates and upgrades to the software are fundamental to the value of the software and that without these 
updates the value of the software will substantially deteriorate over time. Therefore, the annual license and the updates and upgrades are 
combined as one performance obligation and revenue is recognised over the life of the license as the service is delivered.

 • The Group and Company have incurred sales and marketing costs and software development costs in developing the KX business. 
As a result, the Group and Company have significant tax losses being carried forward which contribute to the Group and Company’s 
deferred tax asset balances. Management have forecasted that the Company and Group will generate future taxable profits from 
the KX trade against which these deferred tax assets will be utilised.

The estimates that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within 
the next financial year are discussed below:

 • Under IFRS, goodwill on acquisitions is not amortised but is tested for impairment on an annual basis. Management has assessed goodwill 
for impairment based on the projected profitability of the individual cash-generating unit to which the goodwill relates. A number of key 
assumptions including discount rates, terminal growth rate and forecast cash flows are determined. Note 16 outlines the critical estimates 
applied in the value-in-use calculations that are most sensitive to changes in key assumptions and the sensitivity of these critical estimates. 

 • Management has estimated the fair value of equity investments and convertible loans. Management has reviewed recent market 

activity and has applied a discounted cash flow valuation technique to assess the fair value of the assets as at year end considering 
the forecast revenue and EBITDA, together with forecast exit value applying market multiples, discounted using a risk-adjusted 
discount rate. Details of the key assumptions used are included in note 31(b).

Management has assessed that there are no other estimates or judgements that have a significant risk of causing a material 
adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities recognised in the financial statements.

Measurement of fair values
A number of the Group’s and Company’s accounting policies and disclosures require the measurement at fair value of assets and liabilities.

Management has established a control framework with respect to the measurement of fair values and regularly reviews significant 
unobservable inputs and valuation adjustments. If third-party information is used to measure fair values, then management assesses 
the evidence obtained from the third parties to support the conclusion that such valuations meet the requirements of IFRS, including 
the level in the fair value hierarchy in which such valuations should be classified.

FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023  |  81

1. Significant accounting policies continued
a) Basis of preparation continued
Measurement of fair values continued
When measuring the fair value of an asset or a liability, the Group and Company use market observable data as far as possible. 
Fair values are categorised into different levels in a fair value hierarchy based on the inputs used in the valuation techniques as follows:

 • Level 1: quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 • Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) 

or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices).

 • Level 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

If the inputs used to measure the fair value of an asset or a liability are categorised in different levels of the fair value hierarchy, then 
the fair value measurement is categorised in its entirety in the same level of the fair value hierarchy as the lowest level input that is 
significant to the entire measurement.

The Group recognises transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy at the end of the reporting period during which the change 
has occurred.

Further information about the assumptions made in measuring fair values is included in note 31 Financial instruments.

b) Basis of consolidation
i) Business combinations
Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method as at the acquisition date, which is the date on which control 
is transferred to the Group. The Group measures goodwill at the acquisition date as:

 • the fair value of the consideration transferred; plus

 • the recognised amount of any non-controlling interests in the acquiree; plus

 • if the business combination is achieved in stages, the fair value of the existing equity interest in the acquiree; less

 • the net recognised amount of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Identifiable intangibles are those which 

can be sold separately or which arise from contractual or legal rights regardless of whether those rights are separable.

When the excess is negative, a bargain purchase gain is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

The consideration transferred does not include amounts related to the settlement of a pre-existing relationship. Such amounts 
are generally recognised in profit or loss.

Transaction costs other than those associated with the issue of debt or equity securities that the Group incurs in connection 
with a business combination are expensed as incurred.

The fair value of customer relationships acquired in a business combination is determined using the multi-period excess earnings 
method, whereby the subject asset is valued after deducting a fair return of all other assets that are part of creating the related cash 
flows. The fair value of other intangible assets acquired in a business combination is based on the discounted cash flows expected to 
be derived from the use and eventual sale of the assets.

ii) Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group. The Group controls an entity when it is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from 
its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity. The financial statements of 
subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date on which control commences until the date on which 
control ceases. In the Company’s financial statements, investments in subsidiaries are carried at cost less any provision made for impairment.

iii) Non-controlling interests (NCI)
All subsidiaries are 100% owned with no non-controlling interests.

iv) Investments in associates (equity accounted investees)
Associates are those entities in which the Group has significant influence, but not control, over the financial and operating policies. 
Significant influence is presumed to exist when the Group holds between 20% and 50% of the voting power of another entity.

Associates are accounted for using the equity method (equity accounted investees) and are initially recognised at cost. This includes 
goodwill identified on acquisition and fair value of intangibles (these amounts are not recognised separately in the consolidated 
financial statements but included in the Group’s net investment in the associate). The consolidated financial statements include the 
Group’s share of the profit or loss and other comprehensive income, after adjustments to align the accounting policies with those of 
the Group, from the date that significant influence commences until the date that significant influence ceases net of any impairment 
on the investment. In the Company’s financial statements, investments in associates are carried at cost less any provision made for 
impairment. Profit or loss on disposal of associates is recognised in profit or loss as other gains/(losses).

v) Transactions eliminated on consolidation
Intra-group balances and transactions and any unrealised income and expenses arising from intra-group transactions are eliminated 
in preparing the consolidated financial statements. Unrealised gains arising from transactions with equity-accounted investees are 
eliminated against the investment to the extent of the Group’s interest in the investee. Unrealised losses are eliminated in the same 
way as unrealised gains, but only to the extent that there is no evidence of impairment.

82  |  FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023

Financial statementsNotes continued1. Significant accounting policies continued
c) Foreign currency 
i) Foreign currency transactions
Transactions in foreign currencies are translated to the respective functional currency of the Group entities at the exchange rate ruling 
at the date of the transactions. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the reporting date are retranslated 
to the functional currency at the exchange rate at that date. Monetary liabilities designated as a hedge of net investments are treated 
as set out in note 1(c) (iii). Non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies that are measured at historical cost 
are translated using the exchange rate ruling at the date of the transaction. Non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign 
currencies that are measured at fair value are translated to the functional currency at the exchange rate ruling at the date the fair value 
was determined. Foreign exchange differences arising on retranslation are generally recognised in profit or loss, except for:

 • differences arising on the retranslation of a financial liability designated as a hedge of the net investment in a foreign operation 

to the extent that the hedge is effective, which is recognised in other comprehensive income (OCI) in the Group’s financial 
statements; and 

 • differences arising from the retranslation of an interest in equity securities designated at FVOCI which are recognised in OCI.

ii) Foreign operations
The assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries, including goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on consolidation, are translated 
to GBP at foreign exchange rates ruling at the balance sheet date. The revenues and expenses of foreign operations are translated 
to GBP at the foreign exchange rates ruling at the dates of the transactions. Foreign currency differences are recognised in other 
comprehensive income and presented in the currency translation adjustment reserve in equity.

When a foreign operation is disposed of, such that control or significant influence is lost, the cumulative amount in the translation reserve 
related to that foreign operation is reclassified to profit or loss as part of the gain or loss on disposal. When the Group disposes of only part 
of its interest in a subsidiary that includes a foreign operation while retaining control, the relevant proportion of the cumulative amount is 
reattributed to non-controlling interests. When the Group disposes of only part of its investment in an associate that includes a foreign 
operation while retaining significant influence, the relevant proportion of the cumulative amount is reclassified to profit or loss.

Certain exchange differences arising from monetary items receivable from or payable to a foreign operation, the settlement of 
which is neither planned nor likely in the foreseeable future, are considered to form part of a net investment in a foreign operation 
and are recognised in other comprehensive income and presented in the currency translation adjustment reserve in equity. 

iii) Hedge of net investment in foreign operation
Foreign currency differences arising on the retranslation of foreign currency loans designated as a hedge of net investments in 
a foreign operation are recognised in other comprehensive income to the extent the hedge is effective and are presented in the 
currency translation adjustment reserve. To the extent that the hedge is ineffective, such differences are recognised in profit or 
loss. When the hedged part of a net investment is disposed of, the associated cumulative amount in equity is transferred to profit 
or loss as an adjustment to the profit or loss on disposal.

d) Property, plant and equipment
i) Owned assets
Property, plant and equipment is reported at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses. Cost includes 
expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the asset. When parts of an item of property, plant and equipment have 
different useful lives, those components are accounted for as separate items of property, plant and equipment.

Any gain or loss on disposal of an item of property, plant and equipment is determined by comparing the proceeds from disposal 
with the carrying amount of the property, plant and equipment and is recognised in the profit or loss. 

ii) Subsequent costs
The Group recognises in the carrying amount of an item of property, plant and equipment the cost of replacing part of such an item 
when that cost is incurred if it is probable that the future economic benefits embodied within the item will flow to the Group and the 
cost of the item can be measured reliably. All other costs are recognised in profit or loss as an expense as incurred.

iii) Depreciation
Depreciation is calculated to write down the costs of parts of items to their estimated residual values and is charged to profit or loss 
on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of each part of an item of property, plant and equipment. Leased assets are 
depreciated over the shorter of the lease term and their useful lives unless it is reasonably certain that the Group will obtain 
ownership by the end of the lease term. Depreciation is calculated using the following annual rates:

Office furniture 

—  25% 

Plant and equipment 

—  25–50% 

Leasehold improvements   —  2–20%

Right-of-use assets 

—  6–50%

Items of property, plant and equipment are depreciated from the date that the asset is completed and ready for use.

Depreciation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each reporting date and adjusted if appropriate.

FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023  |  83

 
1. Significant accounting policies continued
e) Intangible assets and goodwill
i) Goodwill
Goodwill that arises on the acquisition of subsidiaries is presented with intangible assets on the balance sheet. For the measurement 
of goodwill at initial recognition see note 1(b). 

Goodwill is measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill arising on acquisitions is not amortised. Goodwill 
is allocated to cash-generating units and is tested annually for impairment. In respect of equity accounted investees, the carrying 
amount of goodwill is included in the carrying amount of the investment in the investee.

Negative goodwill arising on an acquisition is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

ii) Research and development
Intangible assets that are acquired by the Group are stated at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses.

Expenditure on research activities undertaken with the prospect of gaining new technical knowledge and understanding 
is recognised in profit or loss as an expense as incurred.

Expenditure on development activities, whereby research findings are applied to a plan or design for the production of new or 
substantially improved products and processes, is capitalised only if development costs can be measured reliably, the product or 
process is technically and commercially feasible, future economic benefits are probable and the Group intends to and has sufficient 
resources to complete development and to use or sell the asset.

The expenditure capitalised in respect of software assets includes the cost of materials, direct labour and an appropriate proportion 
of overheads that are directly attributable to preparing the asset for its intended use. Other development expenditure is recognised 
through profit and loss as an expense as incurred. Capitalised development expenditure is measured at cost less accumulated 
amortisation and impairment losses.

Tax credits for research and development are recognised based on amounts recoverable from the tax authorities in current and 
future years. A credit is recognised in the income statement against the related expense or recognised in the period in which 
the expenditure is amortised where the related expenditure is capitalised.

iii) Other intangible assets
Intangible assets that are acquired by the Group are stated at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses.

iv) Subsequent expenditure
Subsequent expenditure on capitalised intangible assets is capitalised only when it increases the future economic benefits embodied 
in the specific asset to which it relates. All other expenditure is recognised in profit or loss as incurred.

v) Amortisation
Except for goodwill, intangible assets are amortised based on the cost of an asset less its residual value. Amortisation is charged 
to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of intangible assets, from the date that the asset 
is available for use as follows:

Customer lists 

Acquired software  

Brand name 

—  12.5% 

—  12.5% 

—  12.5% 

Internally developed software 

—  12.5%–20.0%

Amortisation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each reporting date and adjusted if appropriate.

f) Financial instruments
Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised in the Group’s statement of financial position when the Group becomes a party 
to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

On initial recognition a financial asset is classified as measured at: amortised cost; fair value through other comprehensive income 
(FVOCI); or fair value through profit and loss (FVPL). The classification is based on the business model for managing the financial 
assets and the contractual terms of the cash flows. Only when the business model for managing the assets changes is 
reclassification required. The Group derecognises a financial asset when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the financial 
asset expire or are transferred to a third party. The Group also derecognises a financial asset when its terms are substantially 
modified. This is determined by a quantitative analysis to determine that the cash flows of the modified asset are substantially 
different and a qualitative assessment to identify substantial differences in terms that by their nature are not captured by the 
quantitative assessment. Where a substantial modification has been determined, a new financial asset based on the modified 
terms is recognised at fair value and the original financial asset is derecognised; the difference in the respective carrying amounts 
is recognised in profit or loss. If the modification is not substantial, the difference between: (1) the carrying amount of the asset 
before the modification; and (2) the present value of the cash flows after the modification is recognised in profit or loss as the 
modification gain or loss within other gains and losses.

84  |  FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023

Financial statementsNotes continued 
 
 
 
 
1. Significant accounting policies continued
f) Financial instruments continued
Financial liabilities are classified as measured at amortised cost or FVPL. The Group derecognises a financial liability when its 
contractual obligations are discharged or cancelled or expire. The Group also derecognises a financial liability when its terms are 
modified and the cash flows of the modified liability are substantially different, in which case a new financial liability based on the 
modified terms is recognised at fair value. On derecognition of a financial liability, the difference between the carrying amount 
extinguished and the consideration paid is recognised in profit or loss. If the modification is not substantial, the difference between: 
(1) the carrying amount of the liability before the modification; and (2) the present value of the cash flows after modification is 
recognised in profit or loss as the modification gain or loss within other gains and losses.

Trade and other receivables
Trade and other receivables in a held to collect business model are initially measured at transaction price where there is no significant 
financing component, otherwise they are recognised at fair value. Trade and other receivables are subsequently stated at amortised 
cost less expected credit losses.

Trade and other receivables not measured at amortised cost, as described above, are measured at FVPL. This includes convertible loans.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances and call deposits with an original maturity of one month or less and are measured 
at amortised cost. 

Equity investments
Equity investments are recognised initially at fair value plus attributable transaction costs. On initial recognition of an equity 
investment that is not held for trading, the Group may irrevocably elect to present subsequent changes in the investment’s fair value 
in OCI and accumulated in the fair value reserve. This election is made on an investment-by-investment basis. When an investment 
is sold, the cumulative gain or loss in equity is transferred to retained earnings. Dividends from equity investments are recognised 
in profit or loss when the Group’s right to receive payment is established.

Derivative financial instruments
Derivatives are initially measured at fair value with any directly attributable transaction costs being recognised immediately in profit 
or loss. Subsequent to initial recognition, derivatives are measured at fair value and changes therein are recognised in profit or loss.

Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables are initially measured at fair value less any directly attributable transaction costs. Trade and other payables 
are subsequently measured at amortised cost.

Loans and borrowings
Loans and borrowings are recognised initially at fair value less attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, loans 
and borrowings are stated at amortised cost with any difference between cost and redemption value being recognised in profit or 
loss over the period of the borrowings on an effective interest basis. Bank overdrafts are included under borrowings in the statement 
of financial position.

g) Classification of financial instruments issued by the Group
Financial instruments issued by the Group are treated as equity only to the extent that they meet the following two conditions: 

a)   they include no contractual obligations upon the Company (or Group as the case may be) to deliver cash or other financial assets 
or to exchange financial assets or financial liabilities with another party under conditions that are potentially unfavourable to the 
Company (or Group); and 

b)   where the instrument will or may be settled in the Company’s own equity instruments, it is either a non-derivative that includes 
no obligation to deliver a variable number of the Company’s own equity instruments or is a derivative that will be settled by the 
Company exchanging a fixed amount of cash or other financial asset for a fixed number of its own equity instruments.

To the extent that this definition is not met, the proceeds of issue are classified as a financial liability. Where the instrument so classified 
takes the legal form of the Company’s own shares, the amounts presented in these financial statements for called-up share capital and 
share premium account exclude amounts in relation to those shares. 

h) Impairment
i) Financial assets
The Group recognises loss allowances for expected credit losses (ECLs) on financial assets measured at amortised cost. 

The Group measures loss allowances on a forward-looking basis, at an amount equal to lifetime ECLs. The Group uses an allowance 
matrix to measure the ECLs of trade receivables and contract assets (accrued income). Loss rates are calculated using a roll rate 
method based on the probability of a receivable progressing through successive stages of delinquency to write-off. Roll rates are 
calculated separately for exposures in different business units based on the Group’s historical credit loss experience, adjusted for 
factors that are specific to the debtors, general economic conditions and an assessment of both the current as well as the forecast 
direction of conditions at the reporting date, including time value of money where appropriate. 

FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023  |  85

1. Significant accounting policies continued
h) Impairment continued
i) Financial assets continued
For all other financial instruments, the Group recognises lifetime ECL when there has been a significant increase in credit risk since 
initial recognition. However, if the credit risk on the financial instrument has not increased significantly since initial recognition, the 
Group measures the loss allowance for that financial instrument at an amount equal to twelve-month ECL. Lifetime ECL represents 
the expected credit losses that will result from all possible default events over the expected life of a financial instrument. In contrast, 
twelve-month ECL represents the portion of lifetime ECL that is expected to result from default events on a financial instrument that 
are possible within twelve months after the reporting date.

The Group allocates each exposure to a credit risk grade based on data that is determined to be predictive of the risk of loss 
(including but not limited to external ratings, audited financial statements, management accounts and cash flow projections 
and available press information) and applying experienced credit judgement. Credit risk grades are defined using qualitative 
and quantitative factors that are indicative of the risk of default and are aligned to external credit rating definitions for agencies 
(Standard & Poor’s). Exposures within each credit risk grade are segmented by industry classification. An ECL rate is calculated 
for each segment based on delinquency status and actual credit loss experience. 

Loss allowances for financial assets measured at amortised cost are deducted from the gross carrying amount of the assets. 

The gross carrying amount of a financial asset is written off when the Group has no reasonable expectation of recovering a financial 
asset in its entirety or a portion thereof. The Group individually makes an assessment with respect to the timing and amount of 
write-off based on whether this is a reasonable expectation of recovery. 

ii) Non-financial assets
The carrying amounts of the Group’s non-financial assets, other than deferred tax assets, are reviewed at each reporting date to 
determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, then the asset’s recoverable amount is estimated. 

For goodwill and assets that are not yet available for use, the recoverable amount is estimated at each reporting date. An impairment loss 
is recognised if the carrying amount of an asset or its related cash-generating unit (CGU) exceeds its estimated recoverable amount.

The recoverable amount of an asset or CGU is the greater of its value in use and its fair value less costs to sell. In assessing value in 
use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market 
assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset or CGU. For the purpose of impairment testing, assets are 
grouped together into the smallest group of assets that generates cash inflows from continuing use that are largely independent of the 
cash inflows of other assets or CGUs. Goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated to the legal entity or business that has 
been acquired in a business combination, which reflects the lowest level at which goodwill is monitored for internal reporting purposes.

Impairment losses are recognised in profit or loss. Impairment losses recognised in respect of CGUs are allocated first to reduce 
the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the CGU and then to reduce the carrying amount of the other assets in the CGU 
on a pro-rata basis. 

An impairment loss in respect of goodwill is not reversed. In respect of other assets, impairment losses recognised in prior periods 
are assessed at each reporting date for any indications that the loss has decreased or no longer exists. An impairment loss is reversed 
if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount. An impairment loss is reversed only to the 
extent that the asset’s carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation 
or amortisation, if no impairment loss had been recognised.

i) Employee benefits
i) Defined contribution plans
The Group operates a defined contribution (pension) plan for employees. A defined contribution plan is a post-employment benefit 
plan under which the Group pays fixed contributions into a separate entity and will have no legal or constructive obligation to pay 
further amounts. Obligations for contributions to defined contribution pension plans are recognised as an expense through profit 
or loss as incurred.

ii) Share based payment transactions
The grant date fair value of equity-settled share based payment arrangements granted to employees is generally recognised as an 
expense with a corresponding increase in equity over the vesting period. The fair value of the options granted is measured using an 
adjusted Black-Scholes or Monte Carlo model, taking into account the terms and conditions upon which the options were granted. 
Measurement inputs include the share price on the measurement date, the exercise price of the instrument, expected volatility 
(based on an evaluation of the Company’s historical volatility, particularly over the historical period commensurate with the expected 
term and adjusted for recent volatility changes), expected term of the instruments (based on historical experience and general 
option holder behaviour), expected dividends and the risk-free interest rate (based on government bonds). Service and non-market 
performance conditions attached to the transactions are not taken into account in determining fair value. The amount recognised as 
an expense is adjusted to reflect the actual number of share options that vest. On the lapse of share options on the vesting date, the 
amount recognised in the share option reserve is transferred to retained earnings. Modifications are assessed at the date of 
modification and any incremental charges are charged to the income statement.

86  |  FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023

Financial statementsNotes continued1. Significant accounting policies continued
i) Employee benefits continued
iii) Short-term benefits
Liabilities for employee benefits for wages, salaries and annual leave entitlements represent present obligations resulting from 
employees’ services provided up to the reporting date and are calculated at undiscounted amounts based on remuneration 
wage and salary rates that the Group expects to pay as at the reporting date.

A liability is recognised for the amount expected to be paid under short-term cash bonus plans if the Group has a present legal or 
constructive obligation to pay this amount as a result of past service provided by the employee and the obligation can be estimated reliably.

j) Revenue
i) Products and services rendered
Revenue is measured based on the transaction price allocated to the performance obligation from the sale of goods or provision 
of services. Revenue is recognised either when the performance obligation in the contract has been performed (“point in time” 
recognition) or “over time” as control of the performance obligation is transferred to the customer. 

Revenue in respect of each product or service is as follows:

 • Revenue from perpetual software licensing is recognised at the point in time when control is transferred upon delivery to the customer 
where there are no significant vendor obligations remaining following delivery, the client has accepted the software and the collection 
of the resulting receivable is considered probable. 

 • Revenue from annual licensing is usually recognised on a straight-line basis over the period to which the service is provided to the 

customer. When the value of the satisfied performance obligations is in excess of the payment due, the Group recognises a contract 
asset (accrued income). When the amount of unconditional consideration is in excess of the value of satisfied performance obligations, 
the Group recognises a contract liability (deferred income). Once a right to receive consideration is unconditional, that amount is 
recognised as a receivable. Further detail on revenue recognition is provided in the critical accounting estimates and judgement section 
of this note.

 • Revenue from consulting services is recognised in the period in which the consultants perform the work at the contracted rates for 
each consultant. Revenue is based on timesheets from our consultants which are authorised by the Group’s customers detailing the 
hours and service provided.

 • Maintenance and support revenue is recognised based over the term of the support arrangement. Under the standardised maintenance 

and support services, the Group’s performance obligation is to provide product support and unspecified updates, upgrades and 
enhancements on a when-and-if available basis. The customers simultaneously receive and consume the benefits of these services.

 • The Group undertakes the provision of software-related services for specialised business operations. Such services will be contracted 

on either a “fixed fee” or “time and materials” basis.

Fixed fee contracts
Where the provision of software-related services has been contracted on a fixed price basis, the associated revenue is recognised 
based on the stage of completion of the contract. The Directors have assessed that the stage of completion, determined as the 
delivered proportion of the total scope expected for the project, is an appropriate measure of progress towards complete satisfaction 
of the performance conditions under IFRS 15. Any such assessments are reviewed on a regular basis. Such contracts will contain 
a pre-agreed billing model and payments will be made by the client in accordance with the conditions within the contract.

Time and materials contracts
 • Where the provision of software-related services has been contracted on a time and materials basis, the customer is bound to pay 
for services in line with contractually pre-agreed daily rates. The revenue associated with such services is recognised on a monthly 
basis, in line with any chargeable time and materials delivered against a given project. Typically, time and material billing will occur 
on a monthly basis and clients are required to settle any payments due in line with contractually pre-agreed payment terms.

 • Revenue from other services, including data management hosting, other hosting and transactional activities, is recognised over 
the period to which the contract relates or the transaction occurs which gives rise to the receivable. In instances where a non-
refundable fee is paid by the customer, a contract liability (deferred income) is recognised and the fair value of any significant 
obligations is deferred and recognised over the life of the contract; the remaining balance is recognised when control is transferred 
following delivery and when the resulting receivable is considered probable.

The Group recognises a contract asset (accrued income) when the value of satisfied performance obligations is in excess of the payment 
due to the Group or a contract liability (deferred income) when the amount of unconditional consideration is in excess of the value of 
satisfied performance obligations. Once a right to receive consideration is unconditional, that amount is presented as a receivable.

Costs incurred on the commission paid to employees relating to software sales are capitalised as contract costs within prepayments and 
recognised as an expense consistent with the transfer of the related goods or services to the customer and amortised over the life of the 
initial term of the contract. The Group applies the practical expedient of IFRS 15 and recognises the incremental costs of obtaining 
contracts as an expense when incurred if the amortisation period of the assets that the Group otherwise would have recognised is 
one year or less.

FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023  |  87

1. Significant accounting policies continued 
j) Revenue continued
ii) Government grants
An unconditional government grant is recognised as other operating income when the grant becomes receivable. Other government 
grants are initially recognised in the balance sheet as deferred income if there is reasonable assurance that they will be received and 
that the Group has complied with the conditions attaching to it; they are released to the income statement as other income on 
a systematic basis over the performance condition period. Grants that compensate the Group for expenses incurred are recognised 
as other operating income through profit or loss on a systematic basis in the same periods in which the expenses are incurred. 
Grants that compensate the Group for the cost of an asset are recognised in the income statement as other operating income 
on a systematic basis over the useful life of the asset.

k) Leases
At inception of an arrangement, the Group determines whether such an arrangement is or contains a lease. A lease conveys a right 
to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration. At inception or upon reassessment of the 
arrangement, the Group allocates the consideration for lease and non-lease components on the basis of their relative fair values. 
However, for certain leases of properties the Group has elected not to separate non-lease components and instead accounts for 
the lease and non-lease components as a single arrangement. The Group recognises a right-of-use asset and a corresponding lease 
liability with respect to all lease arrangements in which it is the lessee, except for short-term leases (defined as leases with a lease 
term of twelve months or less) and leases of low-value assets.

The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at the commencement date, 
discounted by using the rate implicit in the lease. If this rate cannot be readily determined, the Group uses its incremental borrowing 
rate. Generally, the Group uses its incremental borrowing rate as the discount rate. The lease liability is subsequently measured by 
increasing the carrying amount to reflect interest on the lease liability and by reducing the carrying amount to reflect the lease 
payments made. It is remeasured, with a corresponding adjustment to the right-of-use asset, when there is a change in the future 
lease payments. The lease liability is presented within loans and borrowings in the consolidated balance sheet.

The right-of-use asset is initially measured at cost, comprising the initial measurement of the corresponding lease liability, any 
lease payments made at or before the commencement day and any initial direct costs. They are subsequently measured at cost less 
accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Right-of-use assets are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the 
lease term and useful life of the underlying asset. The depreciation starts at the commencement date of the lease. The right-of-use 
asset is tested for impairment if there are any indicators of impairment. The right-of-use assets are presented within the same line 
item as that within which the corresponding underlying assets would be presented if they were owned – for the Group this is 
property, plant and equipment.

For short-term leases and leases of low-value assets, lease payments are recognised in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the 
term of the lease unless another systematic basis is more representative of the time pattern in which economic benefits from the 
leased assets are consumed. Low-value assets comprise IT equipment and small items of office furniture. This expense is presented 
within other operating expenses in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. 

l) Finance income and expenses
Finance income comprises interest receivable on funds invested and dividend income. Interest income is recognised through profit 
or loss as it accrues, using the effective interest method. Dividend income is recognised in profit or loss on the date on which the 
Group’s right to receive payment is established. Finance expenses comprise interest payable on borrowings calculated using the 
effective interest rate method, and foreign exchange gains and losses. The interest expense component of lease payments is 
recognised through profit or loss using the effective interest rate method. Finance income and expenses included the foreign 
currency gain or loss on financial assets and liabilities; the net gain or loss on financial assets at fair value through profit or loss; 
the fair value loss on contingent consideration classified as a financial liability; and hedge ineffectiveness recognised in profit or loss. 
The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash payments or receipts through the expected life 
of the financial instrument to the gross carrying amount of the financial asset or the amortised cost of the financial liability.

m) Taxation
Tax expense on the profit or loss for the period presented comprises current and deferred tax. Current and deferred tax is recognised 
in profit or loss except to the extent that it relates to a business combination or items recognised directly in equity or in other 
comprehensive income.

i) Current tax
Current tax is the expected tax payable or receivable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively 
enacted at the balance sheet date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years.

A provision is recognised for those matters for which the tax determination is uncertain but it is considered probable that there will 
be a future outflow of funds to a tax authority. The provisions are measured at the best estimate of the amount expected to become 
payable. The assessment is based on the judgement of tax professionals within the Group supported by previous experience in 
respect of such activities and in certain cases based on specialist independent tax advice.

88  |  FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023

Financial statementsNotes continued1. Significant accounting policies continued
m) Taxation continued
ii) Deferred tax
Deferred tax is provided using the liability method, providing for temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and 
liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. The following temporary differences are not 
provided for: goodwill not deductible for tax purposes; those arising from the initial recognition of assets or liabilities acquired in 
a transaction that is not a business combination and that affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss; and differences 
relating to investments in subsidiaries to the extent that it is probable they will not reverse in the foreseeable future. The amount of 
deferred tax provided is based on the expected manner of realisation or settlement of the carrying amount of assets and liabilities, 
using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date.

The Group believes that its accruals for tax liabilities are adequate for all open tax years based on its assessment of many factors, 
including interpretations of tax law and prior experience. This assessment relies on estimates and assumptions and may involve a series of 
judgements about future events. New information may become available that causes the Company to change its judgement regarding the 
adequacy of existing tax liabilities; such changes to tax liabilities will impact tax expense in the period that such a determination is made.

A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the 
asset can be utilised. Deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable 
that the related tax benefit will be realised.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset if there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax liabilities and assets and they 
relate to income taxes levied by the same tax authority on the same taxable entity, or on different tax entities, but they intend to 
settle current tax liabilities and assets on a net basis or their tax assets and liabilities will be realised simultaneously.

n) Share capital
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of ordinary shares are recognised 
as a deduction from equity, net of any tax effects. The nominal value of shares issued is recognised as share capital.

o) Dividends
Provision is made for the amount of any dividend declared, being appropriately authorised and no longer at the discretion of 
the entity, on or before the end of the financial year but not distributed at the year end. 

p) (Loss)/earnings per share
The Group presents basic and diluted (loss)/earnings per share ((LPS)/EPS) data for its ordinary shares. Basic (LPS)/EPS is calculated 
by dividing the profit or loss attributable to ordinary shareholders of the Group by the weighted average number of ordinary shares 
outstanding during the period. Diluted (LPS)/EPS is determined by adjusting the profit or loss attributable to ordinary shareholders 
and the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding for the effects of all dilutive potential ordinary shares, which 
comprise share options granted to employees, Executive Directors and as part of business combinations.

q) Segmental reporting
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision maker 
(CODM). The chief operating decision maker, who is responsible for allocating resources and assessing performance of the operating 
segments, has been identified as the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer jointly. A business segment is a group of 
assets and operations engaged in providing products or services that are subject to risks and returns that are different from those 
of other business segments. 

r) Use of non-GAAP measures – Adjusted EBITDA 
The Group believes that the consistent presentation of adjusted Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortisation 
(EBITDA), adjusted effective tax rate, adjusted basic earnings per share and adjusted diluted earnings per share provides additional 
useful information to shareholders on the underlying trends and comparable performance of the Group over time. Adjusted EBITDA 
is defined as results from operating activities before restructure and non-operational costs, IT systems implementation costs 
expensed, share based payments and related costs, depreciation of property, plant and equipment and amortisation of intangible 
assets, and non-recurring dividend income from investments. Restructure and non-operational costs relate to items that are 
considered significant in size and non-operational in nature and include one-off costs relating to restructuring and to address 
legacy employee tax liabilities while on assignment and costs associated with the management of our equity investment portfolio. 
The Group uses adjusted EBITDA as an underlying measure of its performance. A reconciliation between GAAP and underlying 
measures is set out in note 7 (Adjusted EBITDA).

FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023  |  89

2. Financial risk management
Overview
The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (principally foreign exchange risk and interest rate risk), 
credit risk and liquidity risk.

Market risk
Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices, such as foreign exchange rates, interest rates and equity prices, will affect the 
Group’s profit or loss, other comprehensive income or the value of its holdings of financial instruments. The objective of market risk 
management is to manage and control market risk exposures within acceptable parameters, while optimising the return.

The Group currently does not use derivative financial instruments to hedge its exposure to currency or interest rate risk. All loans 
are currently variable rate in nature, with the terms being at prevailing market interest rates. 

The level of trading and borrowings in foreign currency in respect of foreign subsidiaries produces a natural hedge of a large 
proportion of the Group’s exposures to foreign currency movements on trading and investments. Certain borrowings in foreign 
currencies are designated as net investment hedges of foreign operations.

The Group’s equity investments and convertible loans are being carried at their estimated fair value and the Group’s maximum 
exposure to risks associated with these investments is represented by their carrying amounts. Further details on equity investments 
and convertible loans are disclosed in note 31 to the financial statements.

Credit risk
The Group’s exposure to credit risk is influenced mainly by the individual characteristics of each customer. However, management 
also considers the factors that may influence the credit risk of its customer base, including the default risk associated with the 
industry and country in which customers operate. 

Although the Group’s client base is predominantly large multinational corporations, management separately assesses each new 
customer before the Group’s standard payment and delivery terms and conditions are offered. This assessment includes a review 
of credit ratings, if available, financial statements, credit agency information and industry information.

Customer credit limits are managed by the Group’s credit control team and are impacted by the previous matters and the customer 
historical credit characteristics. The credit control team makes regular contact with customers when debts are overdue with 
follow-up procedures carried out as required. The Group establishes an allowance for impairment that represents its estimate 
of expected credit losses in respect of trade and other receivables. 

The Group does not require collateral in respect of trade and other receivables. 

The quantitative information on trade receivables and other receivables including concentration of credit risk is detailed in note 31.

Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will encounter difficulty in meeting the obligations associated with its financial liabilities that 
are settled by delivering cash or other financial assets. The Group’s approach to managing liquidity is to ensure, as far as possible, 
that it will always have sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities when due, under normal and stressed conditions, without incurring 
unacceptable losses or risking damage to the Group’s reputation.

The Group generates positive operating cash flows and is able to meet its liabilities as they fall due. In addition, the Group has lines 
of credit identified in note 22 to the financial statements.

Capital management 
The Group manages its capital to ensure that entities in the Group will be able to continue as going concerns while maximising the 
return to shareholders through the optimisation of the debt and equity balance. The Group’s capital management overall strategy 
remains unchanged from 2022. The capital structure of the Group consists of net cash (borrowings disclosed in note 22 after 
deducting cash and bank balances in note 20) and equity of the Group (comprising issued capital, reserves, retained earnings).

The Group is not subject to external requirements in respect of its capital, with the exception of the need to comply with the level of 
ordinary shares available for trading on the AIM and Euronext Growth Dublin, with which the Group has complied in the current year. 
Additional shares in the Group are made available to staff by the use of share option schemes as disclosed in note 32 to the financial 
statements and as purchase consideration in business combinations. The Board seeks to maintain a balance between the higher 
returns that might be possible with higher level of borrowings and the advantages and security afforded by a strong capital position. 
Please see capital structure per note 21.

90  |  FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023

Financial statementsNotes continued3. Operating and business segments
Business segments 
The Group is organised into three operating segments (as identified under IFRS 8 “Operating Segments”) and generates revenue 
through the following activities: 

 • KX – Software to accelerate AI-driven innovation. 

 • First Derivative (FD) – Consulting services which drive digital transformation in financial services and capital markets. 

 • MRP – Technology-enabled services for enterprise demand generation. 

The chief operating decision maker monitors the operating results of segments separately in order to allocate resources between 
segments and to assess performance. Segment performance is predominantly evaluated based on operating profit before 
restructure and non-operational costs, share based payment and related costs, depreciation and amortisation of intangible assets 
(“adjusted EBITDA”). These costs are managed on a centralised basis and therefore these items are not allocated between operating 
segments for the purpose of presenting information to the chief operating decision maker and accordingly are not included in the 
detailed segmental analysis. Intersegment revenue is not material and thus not subject to separate disclosure.

Information about reportable segments

KX

2023 
£’000

2022 
£’000

FD

2023 
£’000

MRP

Total

2022 
£’000

2023 
£’000

2022 
£’000

2023 
£’000

2022 
£’000

Revenue by segment

Revenue

Gross profit

80,239

64,418 174,329

147,988

41,474

51,057 296,042

263,463

57,971

44,520

47,345

39,376

17,025

22,240 122,341

106,136

Adjusted EBITDA

16,621

9,782

16,712

13,982

1,429

7,283

34,762

31,047

Restructure and non-operational costs

IT systems implementation 
costs expensed

Non-operational other income

Share based payment and 
related costs

Depreciation and amortisation

Amortisation of acquired intangibles 

Operating (loss)/profit

Net finance costs

Profit on disposal of associate

Share of profit of associate, 
net of tax

(Loss)/profit before taxation

(8,716)

(3,082)

(5,562)

(2,287)

—

2,499

(436)

(1,671)

(18,799)

(16,994)

(2,797)

(3,131)

(1,548)

6,381

(2,646)

(4,587)

3,017

6,943

—

262

(1,177)

8,999

The Group has disclosed overleaf certain information regarding its revenue and non-current assets by geographical location. 
In presenting this information, segment revenue has been based on the geographic location of customers and segment assets 
were based on the geographic location of the assets. Details regarding total revenues are presented in note 4. 

FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023  |  91

 
3. Operating and business segments continued
Geographical location analysis

UK

EMEA

The Americas

Asia Pacific

Total

Revenues

Non-current assets

2023
£’000

104,163

55,062

2022
£’000

79,355

46,463

2023
£’000

87,589

17,028

2022
£’000

87,448

16,826

114,848

110,697

106,317

118,576

21,969

26,948

2,223

2,952

296,042

263,463

213,157

225,802

Major customers
The Group has no key customers who generated more than 10% of Group revenue in 2023 or 2022.

4. Revenue
Disaggregation of revenue

Type of good or service

Sale of goods – perpetual

Sale of goods – recurring 

Rendering of services

Timing of revenue recognition

At a point in time

Over time

KX

2023
£’000

1,556

58,326

20,357

2022
£’000

3,589

39,192

FD

2023
£’000

MRP

Total

2022
£’000

2023
£’000

2022
£’000

2023
£’000

2022
£’000

—

—

—

—

— 

—

1,556

3,589

22,446

27,015

80,772

66,207

21,637 174,329

147,988

19,028

24,042 213,714

193,667

80,239

64,418 174,329

147,988

41,474

51,057 296,042

263,463

1,556

3,589

— 

—

—

—

1,556

3,589

78,683

60,829 174,329

147,988

41,474

51,057 294,486

259,874

80,239

64,418 174,329

147,988

41,474

51,057 296,042

263,463

The following table provides information about receivables, accrued income and deferred income from contracts with customers.

Receivables, accrued and deferred income

Net current trade receivables (see note 19)

Accrued income (see note 19)

Deferred income

Group

Company

2023
£’000

72,098

8,325

48,407

2022 
£’000

53,862

8,529

26,990

2023
£’000

48,460

4,513

27,552

2022 
£’000

32,852

2,661

13,063

Accrued income relates to the Group’s right to consideration for work completed and delivered but not invoiced as at year end and is 
transferred to trade receivables when an invoice is issued to the customer. Customers are typically invoiced on a monthly basis and 
consideration is payable in line with agreed commercial terms. 

Deferred income relates to advance consideration received from customers, where revenue is recognised over time as the services 
are provided/delivered to customers. Movements in the deferred income balance were driven by transactions entered into by the 
Group within the normal course of business in the year.

92  |  FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023

Financial statementsNotes continued 
 
 
 
5. Other income

Government grants

Dividends from equity investments held at FVOCI

2023 
£’000

240

9

249

2022 
£’000

317

2,499

2,816

In December 2018, the Group was awarded a government grant amounting to £1,268k under the Skills Growth Programme. The grant 
is to be drawn down on the occurrence of approved training expenditure, for the period to February 2024. The income is recognised 
as the costs are incurred.

In December 2020, the Group was awarded a government grant amounting to £192,202 under the ATI Programme, COREF 
(COnnected REconfigurable Factory). The grant is to be drawn down quarterly on the occurrence of approved labour, overheads, 
travel and other costs relating to COREF project expenditure, for the period to 31 December 2022, the income is recognised as 
the costs are incurred. For the year ended 28 February 2023 £48k was recognised in the profit and loss account (2022: £117k).

6. Operating costs

Rent, rates and insurance

Telecommunications

Accountancy, audit and legal expenses

Payroll costs

– of which capitalised

Tax credit

Listing expenses 

Travel and subsistence

IT expenses

Marketing expenses

Restructure and non-operational costs

IT systems implementation costs expensed

Depreciation and amortisation

Impairment loss on trade and other receivables

Other operating costs

2023
£’000

3,790

803

3,114

2022
£’000

2,479

602

2,972

84,913

74,464

(19,107)

(16,549)

(2,234)

(2,121)

640

1,968

4,118

3,227

8,135

5,562

549

1,415

4,181

3,912

3,082

2,287

21,596

20,125

2,645

4,968

695

4,478

124,138

102,571

Included in the restructure and non-operational costs above are one-off costs totalling £6,865k relating to restructuring costs, 
particularly at MRP, and costs to address legacy employee tax liabilities while on assignment.

7. Adjusted EBITDA

Operating (loss)/profit

Restructure and non-operational costs 

Non-operational other income (see note 5)

IT systems implementation costs expensed

Share based payment and related costs

Depreciation and amortisation

2023
£’000

(1,548)

8,716

—

5,562

436

21,596

34,762

2022
£’000

6,381

3,082

(2,499)

2,287

1,671

20,125

31,047

FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023  |  93

8. Auditor’s remuneration
Included in profit/loss are the following:

Auditor’s remuneration

Audit of these financial statements

Amounts receivable by the auditor and its associates in respect of:

Audit of the subsidiary undertakings included in the consolidation

All other services

Taxation compliance services

Other assurance

Other tax advisory services

Expenses recharged

2023
£’000

2022
£’000

160

136

65

3

—

27

—

—

59

—

—

25

—

—

255

220

9. Personnel expenses and numbers
The average monthly number of persons (including Directors) employed by the Group during the year is set out below:

Administration 

Sales

Technical

The aggregate payroll costs of these persons were as follows: 

Group

Company

2023
Average no.

2022
Average no.

2023
Average no.

2022
Average no.

271

465

2,287

3,023

264

405

2,097

2,766

181

41

1,273

1,495

171

123

1,180

1,474

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Other pension costs

Share based payments (see note 32)

Less capitalised development costs

Disclosed as:

Cost of sales

Operating costs (see note 6)

Group

2023
£’000

2022
£’000

206,387

173,122

18,281

15,584

7,213

325

6,578

1,534

(19,107)

(16,549)

213,099

180,269

147,293

122,354

65,806

57,915

213,099

180,269

The above analysis does not include costs relating to redundancy/severance and to address legacy employee tax liabilities while 
on assignment, which are included as part of restructure and non-operational costs as outlined in note 6.

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Other pension costs

Share based payments (see note 32)

Less capitalised development costs

94  |  FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023

Company

2023
£’000

97,161

10,263

3,710

325

2022 
£’000

99,929

9,346

3,496

1,534

(13,763)

(12,267)

97,696

102,038

Financial statementsNotes continued 
 
10. Finance income and expense 

Bank interest income

Finance income

Gain/(loss) on foreign currency translation of assets 

Gain/(loss) on foreign currency translation

Financial liabilities measured at amortised costs 

– interest expense

– lease interest expense

Finance expense

Net finance expense recognised in profit or loss

2023
£’000

24

24

2,107

2,107

(3,795)

(982)

(4,777)

(2,646)

2022
£’000

262

262

(1,834)

(1,834)

(1,880)

(1,135)

(3,015)

(4,587)

Exchange gains and losses on net investments in foreign subsidiaries and related effective hedges are recognised in the foreign 
currency translation reserve. Interest expense includes a one-off expense relating to interest provided for on legacy employee tax 
liabilities while on assignment.

11. Tax expense
a) Income tax recognised in the income statement

Current tax expense

Current year

Adjustment for prior years

Deferred tax expense

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

Adjustment for prior years

Change in tax rate

Total tax expense

b) Amounts recognised in OCI

Items that will not be reclassified to profit 
or loss

Equity investments at FVOCI – net change 
in fair value

Items that are or may be reclassified 
subsequently to profit or loss

Hedge of net investment 
in foreign subsidiaries 

2023
£’000

2022
£’000

4,175

(16)

4,159

(864)

(459)

—

(1,323)

2,836

3,366

(101)

3,265

(1,432)

(152)

891

(693)

2,572

2023

2022

Before tax 
£’000

Tax impact
£’000

After tax 
£’000

Before tax 
£’000

Tax impact 
£’000

After tax 
£’000

1,811

(1,289)

522

109

1,299

1,408

4,165

5,976

(1,041)

(2,330)

3,124

3,646

1,577

1,686

(394)

905

1,183

2,591

FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023  |  95

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
After tax 
£’000

1,502

(1,517)

(65)

(80)

2022
£’000

8,999

1,710

(138)

(1,345)

95

(253)

(112)

(163)

449

891

973

—

—

—

465

2,572

1,502

(1,517)

(65)

(80)

2023
£’000

(1,177)

(224)

(658)

— 

804

(475)

(89)

(803)

845

(591)

148

2,965

697

79

138

2,836

11. Tax expense continued
c) Amounts recognised in equity

Deferred tax on share based payments

Deferred tax on losses

Current tax on losses

2023

2022

Before tax 
£’000

Tax impact 
£’000

After tax 
£’000

Before tax 
£’000

Tax impact 
£’000

—

—

—

—

(181)

24

(88)

(245)

(181)

24

(88)

(245)

—

—

—

—

Reconciliation of effective tax rate

(Loss)/profit excluding income tax

Income tax using the Company’s domestic tax rate of 19.0% (2022: 19.0%)

Tax exempt income

Tax exempt income on disposal of associate

Expenses not deductible for tax purposes

Adjustments for prior years

Other differences

Effect of foreign exchange on consolidation 

Foreign tax rate differences

Impact of change in tax rates

Permanent adjustment on SBP

Deferred tax not recognised in respect of losses carried forward

Deferred tax not recognised in respect of current period

Losses recognised in equity

Unrelieved overseas taxes

Total tax expense

In the 2021 UK Budget, the Government announced several legislative changes to corporation tax including an increase in the rate 
of corporation tax to 25% from 1 April 2023. 

Deferred tax balances have to be measured using the tax rates that have been substantively enacted at the balance sheet date 
and that are expected to apply to the period when the asset is realised or the liability is settled. 

The Group’s overall effective tax rate in the period was impacted significantly by the derecognition of carried forward losses in the US.

The total tax charge, including discrete items is £2,836k (2022: £2,572k), which equates to an effective tax rate of (240.95%) 
(2022: 28.58%). 

The total tax credit, excluding discrete items is £129k (2022: tax charge £708k), which equates to an effective tax rate of 10.96% 
(2022: 7.87%). The main factor driving the increased tax rate excluding discrete items is in relation to current period tax losses in 
the US not being recognised in the period which resulted in a tax adjustment of £697k. 

The Group believes that its accruals for tax liabilities are adequate for all open tax years based on its assessment of many factors, 
including interpretations of tax law and prior experience.

96  |  FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023

Financial statementsNotes continued12. Remuneration of Directors
The remuneration paid to the Directors was:

Aggregate emoluments (including benefits in kind)

Company pension contributions

Share based payment

2023
£’000

1,636

28

267

2022
£’000

1,623

24

287

1,931

1,934

During the year there was one Director accruing benefits under a defined contribution pension scheme (2022: one). 

The aggregate emoluments and Company pension contributions of the highest paid Director (excluding fees paid for provision 
of services) amounted to £687k and £nil respectively during the year (2022: £656k and £nil respectively).

The Directors are deemed to be the key management of the Group.

Disclosures in respect of Directors’ emoluments as required by AIM Rules, Directors’ interests in shares and Directors’ share options 
are set out in the Report of the Remuneration Committee.

13. Dividends

Dividends paid to the owners of the parent

Final dividend relating to the prior year

Interim dividend paid

2023
£’000

2022
£’000

—

—

—

—

—

—

The dividends recorded in each financial year represent the final dividend of the preceding financial year and the interim dividend 
of the current financial year.

No final dividend was declared in relation to the comparative period and no interim dividend was declared or paid relating to the 
current or prior year. The cumulative dividend paid during the year amounted to £nil (2022: £nil) per share.

After the respective reporting dates, the following dividends were proposed by the Directors. The dividends have not been provided 
for and there are no income tax consequences.

£Nil per ordinary share (2022: £nil)

2023
£’000

—

2022
£’000

—

14. a) (Loss)/earnings per ordinary share
Basic
The calculation of basic (loss)/earnings per share at 28 February 2023 was based on the loss attributable to ordinary shareholders 
of £4,013k (2022: profit £6,427k), and a weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue of 27,962k (2022: 27,782k).

Basic (loss)/earnings per share

Weighted average number of ordinary shares

Issued ordinary shares at 1 March

Effect of share options exercised

Effect of shares issued as remuneration

Weighted average number of ordinary shares at 28 February

2023
Pence
per share

(14.4)

2022
Pence
per share

23.1

2023
Number
’000

2022
Number
’000

27,826

27,717

124

12

58

7

27,962

27,782

FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023  |  97

14. a) (Loss)/earnings per ordinary share continued
Diluted
The calculation of diluted (loss)/earnings per share at 28 February 2023 was based on the loss attributable to ordinary shareholders 
of £4,013k (2022: profit £6,427k) and a weighted average number of ordinary shares after adjustment for the effects of all dilutive 
potential ordinary shares of 27,962k (2022: 28,036k).

Diluted (loss)/earnings per share

Weighted average number of ordinary shares (diluted)

Weighted average number of ordinary shares (basic)

Effect of dilutive share options in issue

Weighted average number of ordinary shares (diluted) at 28 February

2023
Pence 
per share

(14.4)

2022
Pence 
per share

22.9

2023
Number
 ’000

2022
Number
 ’000

27,962

27,782

—

254

27,962

28,036

At 28 February, in accordance with IAS 33, due to the loss in the financial period share options in issue are anti-dilutive meaning there is no 
difference between basic and diluted earnings per share. In the prior year 518,137 shares were excluded from the diluted weighted average 
calculation as their effect would have been anti-dilutive. The average market value of the Group’s shares for the purposes of calculating 
the dilutive effect of share options was based on quoted market prices for the year during which the options were outstanding.

14. b) (Loss)/earnings before tax per ordinary share 
(Loss)/earnings before tax per share are based on loss before taxation of £1,177k (2022: profit £8,999k). The number of shares used 
in this calculation is consistent with note 14(a) above.

Basic (loss)/earnings before tax per ordinary share

Diluted (loss)/earnings before tax per ordinary share

Reconciliation from (loss)/earnings per ordinary share to (loss)/earnings before tax per ordinary share:

Basic (loss)/earnings per share

Impact of taxation charge

Basic (loss)/earnings before tax per share

Diluted (loss)/earnings per share

Impact of taxation charge

Diluted (loss)/earnings before tax per share

2023
Pence
per share

(4.3)

(4.3)

2022
Pence
per share

32.4

32.1

2023
Pence
per share

2022
Pence
per share

(14.4)

10.1

(4.3)

(14.4)

10.1

(4.3)

23.1

9.3

32.4

22.9

9.2

32.1

(Loss)/earnings before tax per share is presented to facilitate pre-tax comparison returns on comparable investments.

14. c) Adjusted earnings after tax per ordinary share 
Adjusted earnings after tax per share is based on an adjusted profit after taxation of £9,864k (2022: £9,051k). The adjusted profit 
after tax has been calculated by adjusting the loss after tax £4,013k (2022: profit £6,427k) for the amortisation of acquired intangibles 
after tax effect of £2,565k (2022: £2,715k), share based payment and related charges after tax effect of £353k (2022: £1,353k), 
restructure and non-operational costs after tax effect of £14,781k (2022: £4,473k), profit on disposal of associate after tax and share 
of profit of associate after tax effect of £3,017k (2022: £7,206k), the profit on foreign currency translation after tax effect of £1,707k 
(2022: loss £1,485k), finance costs after tax effect of £902k (2022: £nil) and finance income from sale of investment after tax effect 
of £nil (2022: £197k). The number of shares used in this calculation is consistent with note 14(a) above.

Adjusted basic earnings after tax per ordinary share

Adjusted diluted earnings after tax per ordinary share 

98  |  FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023

2023 
Pence
per share

35.3

35.3

2022 
Pence
per share

32.6

32.3

Financial statementsNotes continued15. Property, plant and equipment
Group

Leasehold
improvements
£’000

Plant and
equipment
£’000

Office
furniture
£’000

Right-of-use 
assets
£’000

Cost

At 1 March 2022

Additions

Disposals

Reclass

Exchange adjustments

At 28 February 2023

Depreciation

At 1 March 2022

Charge for the year

Disposals

Reclass

Exchange adjustments

At 28 February 2023

Cost

At 1 March 2021

Additions

Disposals

Exchange adjustments

At 28 February 2022

Depreciation

At 1 March 2021

Charge for the year

Disposals

Exchange adjustments

At 28 February 2022

Carrying amounts

At 1 March 2021

At 28 February 2022

At 28 February 2023

Total
£’000

51,353

3,975

(1,018)

—

2,386

5,444

441

(104)

1,468

230

7,479

3,544

671

(32)

(38)

116

14,372

2,362

(34)

(1,468)

624

1,366

137

—

—

89

30,171

1,035

(880)

—

1,443

15,856

1,592

31,769

56,696

8,544

2,257

—

(9)

539

1,116

171

—

47

28

9,806

4,166

(451)

—

628

23,010

7,265

(483)

—

1,311

4,261

11,331

1,362

14,149

31,103

Leasehold
improvements
£’000

Plant and
equipment
£’000

Office 
furniture
£’000

Right-of-use 
assets
£’000

Total
£’000

6,224

318

(1,144)

46

11,886

2,442

(10)

54

1,349

32,590

52,049

17

—

—

377

(3,131)

335

3,154

(4,285)

435

5,444

14,372

1,366

30,171

51,353

3,321

531

(337)

29

6,845

1,673

(10)

36

894

219

—

3

7,448

3,885

(1,636)

109

18,508

6,308

(1,983)

177

3,544

8,544

1,116

9,806

23,010

2,903

1,900

3,218

5,041

5,828

4,525

455

250

230

25,142

20,365

33,541

28,343

17,620

25,593

The basis by which depreciation is calculated is stated in note 1. 

Property, plant and equipment includes right-of-use assets of £17,620k (2022: £20,365k), related to leased properties that do not 
meet the definition of investment property.

Details of security provided for borrowing in respect of property, plant and equipment are disclosed in note 22.

FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023  |  99

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
15. Property, plant and equipment continued
Company

Cost

At 1 March 2022

Reclass

Additions

Disposals

At 28 February 2023

Depreciation

At 1 March 2022

Charge for the year

Disposals

At 28 February 2023

Cost

At 1 March 2021

Additions

Disposals

At 28 February 2022

Depreciation

At 1 March 2021

Charge for the year

Disposals

At 28 February 2022

Carrying amounts

At 1 March 2021

At 28 February 2022

At 28 February 2023

Leasehold
improvements
£’000

Plant and
equipment
£’000

Office 
furniture
£’000

Right-of-use
 assets
£’000

Total
£’000

3,395

558

441

(105)

3,922

(558)

1,260

—

4,289

4,624

1,817

425

(32)

1,958

776

—

2,210

2,734

726

—

138

—

864

640

83

—

723

13,142

21,185

—

244

—

—

2,083

(105)

13,386

23,163

3,659

1,642

—

8,074

2,926

(32)

5,301

10,968

Leasehold
improvements
£’000

Plant and
equipment
£’000

Office 
furniture
£’000

Right-of-use 
assets
£’000

Total
£’000

4,221

318

(1,144)

3,395

1,843

311

(337)

1,817

2,378

1,578

2,079

2,578

1,344

—

3,922

1,596

362

—

1,958

982

1,964

1,890

726

15,621

23,146

—

—

—

(2,479)

1,662

(3,623)

726

13,142

21,185

517

123

—

640

209

86

141

3,114

1,529

(984)

3,659

12,507

9,483

8,085

7,070

2,325

(1,321)

8,074

16,076

13,111

12,195

The basis by which depreciation is calculated is stated in note 1.

Property, plant and equipment includes right-of-use assets of £8,085k (2022: £9,483k) related to leased properties that do not 
meet the definition of investment property.

100  |  FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023

Financial statementsNotes continued 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
16. Intangible assets and goodwill
Group

Goodwill
£’000

Customer
lists
£’000

Acquired
software
£’000

Brand
name
£’000

Internally
 developed
 software
 £’000

Total
£’000

Cost

Balance at 1 March 2022

106,501

12,834

29,769

743

101,540

251,387

Additions

Development costs 

Exchange adjustments

At 28 February 2023

Amortisation

Balance at 1 March 2022

Amortisation for the year

Exchange adjustment

At 28 February 2023

Cost

Balance at 1 March 2021

Development costs 

Additions

Exchange adjustments

At 28 February 2022

Amortisation

Balance at 1 March 2021

Amortisation for the year

Exchange adjustment

At 28 February 2022

Carrying amounts

At 1 March 2021

At 28 February 2022

At 28 February 2023

—

—

—

—

10,141

1,083

330

—

2,877

—

—

59

—

23,138

978

330

23,138

15,138

116,642

13,917

32,976

802

125,656

289,993

—

—

—

—

11,832

26,106

944

1,003

1,816

2,527

13,779

30,449

Goodwill
£’000

Customer
lists
£’000

Acquired
software
£’000

103,527

12,467

28,535

—

—

2,974

—

—

367

—

378

856

703

37

55

795

Brand
name
£’000

733

—

—

10

57,139

11,534

637

95,780

14,331

4,222

69,310

114,333

Internally
 developed
 software
 £’000

Total
£’000

83,531

18,553

—

(544)

228,793

18,553

378

3,663

106,501

12,834

29,769

743

101,540

251,387

—

—

—

—

10,426

22,619

1,083

323

2,475

1,012

11,832

26,106

103,527

106,501

116,642

2,041

1,002

138

5,916

3,663

2,527

652

42

9

703

81

40

7

47,583

10,217

(661)

81,280

13,817

683

57,139

95,780

35,948

147,513

44,401

155,607

56,346

175,660

The basis by which amortisation is calculated is stated in note 1. Amortisation is recognised through profit or loss in administration expenses.

Included within development costs capitalised in the year is £19,107k (2022: £16,549k) of capitalised employee costs for the year. 
Developed software includes £11,290k (2022: £6,922k) of software under development at 28 February 2023 not yet commissioned, which 
relates largely to ongoing development of the KX software. This is included in the KX impairment assessment which is discussed overleaf.

FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023  |  101

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
16. Intangible assets and goodwill continued
Group continued
Impairment testing of goodwill
The Group tests goodwill for impairment at each reporting date or more frequently if there are indications that goodwill might 
be impaired. For the purposes of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to segments which represent the lowest level within 
the Group at which goodwill is monitored. The recoverable amount of goodwill has been determined based on a value-in-use 
calculation using cash flows derived from financial projections covering a five-year period, with cash flows thereafter calculated 
using a terminal value methodology, using a CGU specific, risk adjusted discount rate to calculate their net present value.

Goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets are allocated to the Group’s CGUs according to business segment. A segment-level 
summary of the allocation of goodwill and indefinite useful life intangible assets is presented below:

Goodwill at 1 March 2022

Foreign currency translation adjustment

Amortisation of intangibles

Balance at 28 February 2023

KX
£’000

87,554

8,223

—

FD
£’000

MRP
£’000

Total
goodwill
£’000

1,899

17,048

106,501

—

—

1,918

10,141

—

—

95,777

1,899

18,966

116,642

Key assumptions
The calculation of value in use is most sensitive to the following assumptions:

(a) CGU specific operating assumptions
CGU specific operating assumptions are applicable to the forecasted cash flows for the years FY24 to FY26 and relate to revenue 
forecasts and EBITDA margins in each of the operating CGUs. The values applied to these key assumptions are derived from 
a combination of external and internal factors, based on past experience together with management’s future expectations 
about business performance.

(b) Discount rate
Discount rates reflect the current market assessment of the risk specific to each CGU. The discount rate was estimated based on 
past experience and industry average weighted average cost of capital adjusted to reflect the current market assessment of risks 
specific to each CGU for which the cash flow projections have not been adjusted. The risk-adjusted discount rates used in each 
business segment for impairment testing are as follows:

Risk-adjusted discount rate

(c) Long term growth rate
The long term growth rates used in each region for impairment testing are as follows:

Long term growth rate 

KX

12.0%

FD

12.0%

MRP

13.0%

KX

2%

FD

2%

MRP

2%

Sensitivity analysis
There was no impairment charge for the year ended 28 February 2023 (2022: £nil). Management have reviewed changes to 
assumptions which are based on best estimates in arriving at value-in-use, future growth rates and the discount rate applied to cash 
flow projections and has identified that a reasonable possible change in two key assumptions could cause the carrying amounts to 
equal the recoverable amount. The following table shows the amounts by which these two assumptions would need to change for 
the estimated recoverable amount to be equal to the carrying amount, Management believe there to be no reasonably possible 
changes that would result in an impairment charge being recognised in the FD CGU.

Risk-adjusted discount rate % 

Budgeted EBITDA margin

KX

28%

10%

FD

n/a

n/a

MRP

27%

5%

102  |  FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023

Financial statementsNotes continued16. Intangible assets and goodwill continued
Company

Cost

Balance at 1 March 2022

Development costs 

Additions

Balance at 28 February 2023

Amortisation and impairment losses

Balance at 1 March 2022

Amortisation for the year

Balance at 28 February 2023

Cost

Balance at 1 March 2021

Development costs 

Additions

Balance at 28 February 2022

Amortisation and impairment losses

Balance at 1 March 2021

Amortisation for the year

Balance at 28 February 2022

Carrying amounts

At 1 March 2021

At 28 February 2022

At 28 February 2023

Goodwill
£’000

1,947

—

—

Acquired
 software
£’000

914

—

234

Internally
developed
software
£’000

74,083

17,183

—

Total
£’000

76,944

17,183

234

1,947

1,148

91,266

94,361

—

—

—

402

191

593

40,955

8,980

41,357

9,171

49,935

50,528

Goodwill
£’000

1,947

—

—

1,947

—

—

—

1,947

1,947

1,947

Acquired
 software
£’000

731

—

183

914

331

71

402

400

512

555

Internally
developed
software
£’000

60,026

14,057

—

Total
£’000

62,704

14,057

183

74,083

76,944

33,365

7,590

40,955

26,661

33,128

33,696

7,661

41,357

29,008

35,587

41,331

43,833

The basis by which amortisation is calculated is stated in note 1. Amortisation is recognised through profit or loss in administration expenses.

Included within development costs capitalised in the year is £13,763k (2022: £12,267k) of capitalised employee costs. Developed 
software includes £7,133k (2022: £3,547k) of software under development at 28 February 2023 not yet commissioned. Uncommissioned 
development expenditure is assessed for impairment annually as part of the underlying CGU.

Impairment testing of goodwill
The Company tests goodwill for impairment at each reporting date, or more frequently if there are indications that goodwill might 
be impaired. The recoverable amount of goodwill has been determined based on a value-in-use calculation using cash flows derived 
from financial projections covering a five-year period, with cash flows thereafter calculated using a terminal value methodology. 
There was no impairment charge for the year ended 28 February 2023 (2022: £nil).

FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023  |  103

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
17. Investment in subsidiaries and associate
The subsidiaries of the Group and Company are detailed as follows:

Activate Clients Limited*

First Derivative Limited*

First Derivatives (Hong Kong) Limited*

First Derivatives (Ireland) Limited*

First Derivatives Canada Inc.*

First Derivatives Holdings Inc.*

First Derivatives Holdings Pty Limited*

First Derivatives I Limited*

First Derivatives Investments LLP

First Derivatives Japan Co. Limited*

First Derivative Poland Sp Z.o.o*

First Derivatives Pte Limited*

First Derivatives Pty Limited

First Derivatives Services Limited*

First Derivatives South Africa (Pty) Limited*

First Derivatives South Korea*

First Derivatives Sweden AB*

First Derivatives US Inc

FD Technologies (Spain) SLU

FDT One Limited*

KX Canada Inc.*

KX Group Ltd*

KX Systems Inc.*

KX Systems Ltd*

KX Systems Hungary*

Market Resource Partners (Ireland) Limited

Market Resource Partners Australia Pty

Market Resource Partners Canada Inc

Market Resource Partners Limited

Market Resource Partners LLC

MRP Holdings Limited*

MRPFD S.A DE C.V

Prelytix LLC

QuantumKDB Limited*

Redshift Horizons Limited*

Reference Data Factory LLC

*  Owned directly by FD Technologies plc.

**  Full address is shown at end of document.

Address of 

registered office ** 

Class of
share held 

Ireland

United Kingdom

Hong Kong

Ireland

Canada

United States

Australia

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

Japan

Poland

Singapore

Australia

United Kingdom

South Africa

South Korea

Sweden

United States

Spain

United Kingdom

Canada

United Kingdom

United States

United Kingdom

Hungary

Ireland

Australia

Canada

United Kingdom

United States

United Kingdom

Mexico

United States

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United States

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ownership

2023

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

2022

100%

n/a

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

n/a

n/a

100%

n/a

100%

n/a

n/a

n/a

100%

100%

n/a

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

During the year the Company continued to expand its presence across the globe by establishing MRP Canada on 1 March 2022, MRP 
Ireland on 3 March 2022, MRP Holdings Limited on 8 July 2022, KX Systems Ltd on 2 August 2022, MRP Australia on 17 October 2022, 
First Derivative Limited and KX Group Ltd on 14 November 2022 and KX Canada Inc on 19 December 2022. During the year the 
previously held 100% subsidiary Quantum KDB Limited Hong Kong was dissolved. Following the year end MRP Brazil Inc was 
incorporated on 1 March 2023. 

104  |  FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023

Financial statementsNotes continued17. Investment in subsidiaries and associate continued
Subsidiaries
Unlisted investments in subsidiaries 

Cost

At 1 March 2022

Additions

Impairment

Disposals

At 28 February 2023

Company

2023
£’000

2022
£’000

132,435

133,464

6,089

(7,546)

118

—

—

(1,147)

130,978

132,435

During the year, the Company commenced a restructure of its statutory structure and as a result of this, certain subsidiaries do 
not expect to have future cashflows to underpin their carrying value and the following impairment of those subsidiaries has been 
recognised: FD Technologies (Spain) SLU (formerly Telconomics09 S.L), £536k, ActivateClients, £2,167k and First Derivatives Holdings 
Pty Limited, £2,002k. In addition, in preparation of the dissolution of Quantum KDB Limited, Redshift LLP and Redshift Horizons 
Limited, impairments of £2,648k, £9k and £184k respectively were recognised.

Additions in the year relate to new subsidiaries £79k, and capital contributions of £6,010k to First Derivatives Canada Inc .

Associate 
On 5 October 2021 First Derivatives I Limited, a company wholly owned by FD Technologies plc, executed an agreement for the 
disposal of its holding in its associate RxDataScience Inc. A profit on disposal of £6,943k was recognised within the consolidated 
statement of comprehensive income in FY22. During FY23 additional proceeds of £3,017k were recognised during the year based on 
the delivery of earn-out arrangements included in the agreement for the disposal of the Group’s interest in this entity which were not 
considered probable at the prior year end.

Revenue

Profit from continuing operations (100%)

Other comprehensive income (100%)

Total comprehensive income (100%)

Total comprehensive income (36.66%)

*  2022 results reflect the contribution for the seven months ended 5 October 2022 reflective of change in ownership.

2023
£’000

—

—

—

—

—

2022 * 
£’000

4,185

715

—

715

262

18. Other financial assets

Non-current investments

Equity securities at FVOCI

Group

2023
£’000

2022
£’000

9,356

9,356

19,676

19,676

Company

2023
£’000

956

956

2022
£’000

3,485

3,485

Information about the Group and Company’s exposure to market risk and fair value measurement is disclosed in note 31(b). 
Movements in the value of the equity securities held is also disclosed in note 31(b).

The Group designates the investments as equity securities at FVOCI because these equity securities represent investments that the 
Group intends to hold for the long term for strategic purposes. The previously held largest single investment in Quantile Technologies 
Ltd was disposed of in November 2022; no other investments is individually significant.

The Group and Company have recognised dividend income in the year from their FVOCI investment Seraphim Space LP 
of £9k (2022: £2,499k). 

FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023  |  105

 
19. Trade and other receivables

Current assets

Trade receivables

Receivables from subsidiaries

Other receivables 

Accrued income

Prepayments

Grant income receivable

Non-current assets

Receivables from subsidiaries1

Convertible loans

Other loans

Trade and other receivables

Grant income receivable

Group

2023
£’000

2022
£’000

Company

2023
£’000

72,098

53,862

48,460

—

7,299

8,325

8,436

591

—

1,511

8,529

9,461

666

3,495

1,110

4,513

6,495

325

2022
£’000

32,852

39,189

1,273

2,661

7,959

311

96,749

74,029

64,398

84,245

2023
£’000

—

283

104

1,410

751

2,548

2022
£’000

—

283

104

2,661

697

3,745

2023
£’000

2022
£’000

55,429

54,890

—

—

734

—

—

—

1,987

—

56,163

56,877

1  The repayment terms of the receivable from certain subsidiaries have been agreed as falling due after more than one year.

The Group’s accrued income (contract asset) balance solely relates to revenue from contracts with customers. Movements in the 
accrued income balance were driven by transactions entered into by the Group within the normal course of business in the year.

Trade receivables, accrued income, non-current other receivables and non-convertible loans are shown net of an allowance for 
expected credit loss; this is disclosed in note 31.

The Group’s and Company’s exposure to currency risks and impairment losses related to trade and other receivables is disclosed 
in note 31.

20. Cash and cash equivalents

Group

2023
£’000

2022
£’000

Company

2023
£’000

2022
£’000

36,905

48,564

18,958

16,236

Ordinary shares

2023
Number

2022
Number

27,826,486 27,717,324

222,800

100,250

15,568

8,912

28,064,854 27,826,486

2023
Number

2023
£’000

2022
Number

2022
£’000

28,064,854

140 27,826,486

139

Bank balances

See note 31 for discussion of interest rate risk and sensitivity analysis.

21. Share capital

In issue at 1 March

Exercise of share options (see note 32)

Issued as remuneration

In issue at year end – fully paid

Equity shares

Issued, allotted and fully paid

Ordinary shares of £0.005 each

106  |  FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023

Financial statementsNotes continued21. Share capital continued
Shares increased in the year due to the exercise of 222,800 share options (2022: 100,250) for cash consideration of £3,080k 
(2022: £773k) and the issue of 15,568 shares (2022: 8,912) as remuneration of £286k (2022: £255k). 

The holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends as declared from time to time and are entitled to one vote per share 
at meetings of the Company.

Nature and purpose of reserves
Share option reserve – The share option reserve comprises the charge for unexercised share options granted to employees and 
includes share options granted in consideration for the acquisition of business combinations net of deferred tax assets relating to 
the tax deduction receivable when the options are exercised.

Currency translation adjustment reserve – The currency translation adjustment reserve comprises all foreign exchange differences 
arising from the translation of the financial statements of foreign operations and intercompany loans that are determined to form 
part of the net investment, as well as from the translation of liabilities that hedge the Group’s net investment in a foreign subsidiary.

Fair value reserve – The fair value reserve comprises the cumulative net change in the fair value of equity securities designated at fair 
value through OCI. Additionally, the fair value reserve of the Company relates to the revaluation reserve which arose on revaluation 
relating to Kx Systems Inc. prior to significant influence being obtained. The balance is continued to be retained as the Company 
continues to retain this original investment.

Merger reserve – The merger reserve represents the fair value of the consideration given in excess of the nominal value of the ordinary 
shares issued on the acquisition of subsidiaries (interest of at least 90%) on share for share exchanges. During the prior year it was 
assessed that the benefits of merger were fully utilised and the balance of the merger reserve was transferred to retained earnings.

22. Loans and borrowings
This note provides information about the contractual terms of the Group and Company’s interest-bearing loans and borrowings, 
which are measured at amortised cost. For more information about the Group and Company’s exposure to interest rate, foreign 
currency and liquidity risk arising from these loans and borrowings (see note 31).

Current liabilities

Secured bank loans

Lease liabilities 

Non-current liabilities

Secured bank loans

Lease liabilities 

Group

2023
£’000

36,499

3,412

39,911

—

17,026

17,026

2022
£’000

5,311

3,743

9,054

42,925

19,579

62,504

Company

2023
£’000

36,499

1,007

37,506

—

7,522

7,522

2022
£’000

5,311

1,445

6,756

42,926

8,549

51,475

Terms and repayment schedule
After the year end, we refinanced our banking facilities, which had been due to expire in June 2024, on improved terms. The total 
facility remains at £130m and is entirely comprised of a revolving credit facility, replacing a £65m term loan and £65m revolving 
credit facility. The interest rate payable is SONIA/SOFR plus a fixed margin that depends on the level of debt relative to adjusted 
EBITDA. The margin on the new revolving credit facility is equal to 1.85% to 2.85%, this compares favourably to the previous margin 
of 2% to 3%. The lead arranger for the facility remains Bank of Ireland, with continued participation from Barclays and AIB and new 
participation from HSBC.

FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023  |  107

22. Loans and borrowings continued
Terms and repayment schedule continued
The terms and conditions of outstanding loans were as follows:

Term loan – USD

Term loan – GBP

Revolving loan

Lease liabilities

Total interest bearing 

Currency

USD

GBP

Multi

Multi

2023

2022

Nominal
 interest rate

2.0%+US Libor 1

2.0%+SONIA 1

2.0%+ 1

Year of 
maturity

2024

2024

2024

Face value
£’000

35,064

1,622

—

Carrying
amount
£’000

34,885

1,614

—

3.78% 2022-2035

20,438

20,438

57,124

56,937

Face value
£’000

46,901

1,709

—

23,322

71,932

Carrying
amount
£’000

46,540

1,696

—

23,322

71,558

1 

 The nominal interest rate varies as the Group meets financial targets and these have been assessed as being closely linked to the underlying contract with 
a minimum rate available of 2.0%+ SONIA/US LIBOR where applicable.

The term and revolving loans are secured by a fixed charge over certain subsidiaries of the Group and have interest charged at 2.0% 
above relevant rates being SONIA and US LIBOR.

Reconciliation of movements of liabilities to cash flows arising from financing activities

Group

Secured bank loans

Lease liabilities

Total liabilities from financing activities

New/(disposed) 
 leases
£’000

2022
£’000

48,236

23,322

71,558

—

(50)

(50)

*  The majority of non-cash movement relates to foreign exchange movements.

Group

Secured bank loans

Lease liabilities

Total liabilities from financing activities

New/(disposed) 
 leases
£’000

2021
£’000

—

(1,227)

65,114

27,726

92,840

(1,227)

(22,552)

*  The majority of non-cash movement relates to foreign exchange movements.

Company

Secured bank loans

Lease liabilities

Total liabilities from financing activities

New/(disposed) 
 leases
£’000

2022
£’000

48,236

9,994

58,230

—

—

—

*  The majority of non-cash movement relates to foreign exchange movements.

Company

Secured bank loans

Lease liabilities

Total liabilities from financing activities

New/(disposed) 
 leases
£’000

2021
£’000

—

(1,605)

65,114

12,840

77,954

(1,605)

(20,195)

Cash flow 
on principal
£’000

(17,823)

(4,000)

(21,823)

Cash flow 
on principal
£’000

(18,954)

(3,598)

Cash flow 
on principal
£’000

(17,823)

(1,466)

(19,289)

Cash flow 
on principal
£’000

(18,954)

(1,241)

Cash flow 
on interest
£’000

Non-cash
movement
£’000

—

(982)

(982)

6,086 *

2,148

2023
£’000

36,499

20,438

8,234

56,937

Cash flow 
on interest
£’000

Non-cash
movement
£’000

—

2,076 *

(1,135)

(1,135)

1,556

3,632

2022
£’000

48,236

23,322

71,558

Cash flow 
on interest
£’000

Non-cash
movement
£’000

2023
£’000

—

(386)

(386)

6,086 *

36,499

387 

8,529

6,473

45,028

Cash flow 
on interest
£’000

Non-cash
movement
£’000

2022
£’000

—

(486)

(486)

2,076 *

48,236

486

9,994

2,562

58,230

*  The majority of non-cash movement relates to foreign exchange movements.

108  |  FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023

Financial statementsNotes continued23. Trade and other payables
Current liabilities

Trade payables

Other payables

Accruals

Government grants

Payables to subsidiaries

Non-current liabilities

Government grants

Group

Company

2023
£’000

11,291

15,745

13,460

970

—

2022
£’000

12,833

14,745

5,214

814

—

2023
£’000

6,852

10,234

5,457

790

2022
£’000

8,796

10,307

2,966

654

95,146

83,083

41,466

33,606

118,479

105,806

Group

Company

2023
£’000

3,681

3,681

2022
£’000

3,190

3,190

2023
£’000

2,972

2,972

2022
£’000

2,579

2,579

The Group and Company’s exposure to currency and liquidity risk related to trade and other payables is disclosed in note 31.

24. Deferred taxation
Group
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are attributable to the following:

Property, plant and equipment

Share based payments

Trading losses

Other financial assets at fair value

Intangible assets

Short-term temporary differences

Other*

Tax assets/(liabilities) before set-off

Set-off of tax

Net tax assets/(liabilities)

*  This balance primarily relates to deferred future RDEC release to the profit or loss.

Assets

Liabilities

2023
£’000

1,979

428

2022
£’000

—

280

14,424

14,017

2023
£’000

(907)

— 

—

2022
£’000

(252)

—

—

54

397

3,082

949

54

659

2,204

784

(1,358)

(2,661)

(13,493)

(12,394)

—

—

—

—

21,313

17,998

(15,758)

(15,307)

—

—

—

—

21,313

17,998

(15,758)

(15,307)

FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023  |  109

24. Deferred taxation continued
Group continued
Movement in deferred tax balances differences during the year:

Property, plant 
and equipment

Share based payments

Trading losses

Other financial assets 
at fair value

Intangible assets

Short-term temporary 
differences

Other

Property, plant 
and equipment

Share based payments

Trading losses

Other financial assets 
at fair value

Intangible assets

Short-term temporary 
differences

Other

Balance at
1 March 2022
£’000

(252)

280

14,017

(2,607)

(11,735)

2,204

784

2,691

Balance at
1 March 2021
£’000

(505)

2,313

9,557

(1,308)

(9,006)

1,828

412

3,291

Impact of
 change in 
tax rate in 
 equity
£’000

Impact of
 change in 
tax rate in
 profit 
and loss
£’000

Recognised
 in income
£’000

Recognised
in equity
£’000

Recognised
in OCI
£’000

Balance at
28 February
 2023
£’000

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Impact of
 change in 
tax rate in 
 equity
£’000

—

502

1,425

(446)

—

—

3

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Impact of
 change in 
tax rate in
 profit 
and loss
£’000

89

198

332

—

(1,680)

26

144

1,411

—

189

—

(988)

591

120

193

(729)

2,532

—

(885)

274

199

—

181

(24)

(87)

(33)

242

1,072

428

14,424

1,289

14

(1,304)

(373)

(13,096)

287

45

95

3,082

949

5,555

1,323

1,446

Recognised
 in income
£’000

Recognised
in equity
£’000

Recognised
in OCI
£’000

Balance at
28 February
 2022
£’000

—

(2,004)

92

(29)

—

79

(252)

280

14,017

(853)

—

(2,607)

(164)

(11,735)

76

26

(12)

2,204

784

2,691

—

—

—

—

—

—

1,484

(891)

1,584

(2,765)

The basis by which taxation is calculated is stated in note 1. 

As at 28 February 2023, the Group has losses carried forward generated in the United Kingdom, Ireland, Australia and Spain 
which total £57,329k and have no expiration period.

The Group also has US federal and state income tax net operating loss (NOL) carry forwards of £32k which will expire, if not utilised, in the 
tax years 2031–2042. At the end of each reporting period, management assess the recognition of these deferred tax assets to determine 
the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will allow the utilisation of the deferred tax asset. As a result of this assessment, the 
Group has not recognised US federal and state income tax net operating loss (NOL) of £25,153k at the balance sheet date. 

The Group has not recognised a deferred tax asset on the fair value movement on equity investments of £3,689k. The Group does 
not recognise deferred tax where the fair value of equity investments is below cost, and it is not probable that the temporary 
difference will reverse in the foreseeable future. 

The Group has also not recognised a deferred tax asset on Corporate Interest Restriction carried forward of £1,031k.

110  |  FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023

Financial statementsNotes continued24. Deferred taxation continued
Company
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are attributable to the following:

Property, plant and equipment and intangibles

Share based payments

Trading losses

Other financial assets at fair value

Other*

Tax assets/(liabilities) before set-off

Set-off of tax

Net tax assets/(liabilities)

Assets

2023
£’000

1,792

429

2022
£’000

378

255

13,786

10,231

—

1,136

92

997

Liabilities

2023
£’000

2022
£’000

(7,973)

(7,185)

—

—

(69)

—

—

—

(121)

—

17,143

11,953

(8,042)

(7,306)

—

—

—

—

17,143

11,953

(8,042)

(7,306)

*  This balance primarily relates to our deferred future RDEC release to the profit and loss and short-term timing differences.

Movement in deferred tax balances during the year:

PPE and intangibles

Share based payments

Trading losses

Other financial assets at fair value

Other

PPE and intangibles

Share based payments

Trading losses

Other financial assets at fair value

Other

Impact of 
change in 
tax rate in
 equity
£’000

Impact of 
change in 
tax rate in 
profit
and loss
£’000

Recognised
in profit
and loss
£’000

Recognised
in equity
£’000

—

—

—

—

—

—

Impact of 
change in 
tax rate in
 equity
£’000

—

503

1,386

(277)

24

1,636

—

—

—

—

—

—

Impact of 
change in 
tax rate in 
profit
and loss
£’000

(1,384)

198

398

—

170

626

— 

3,467

—

144

4,237

Recognised
in profit
and loss
£’000

(1,041)

(687)

2,629

—

188

(618)

1,089

—

174

88

(40)

(5)

217

Recognised
in equity
£’000

—

(1,979)

125

1,116

(18)

(756)

Balance at 
28 February
 2023
£’000

(6,181)

429

13,786

(69)

1,136

9,101

Balance at 
28 February
 2022
£’000

(6,807)

255

10,231

(29)

997

4,647

Balance at
1 March 2022
£’000

(6,807)

255

10,231

(29)

997

4,647

Balance at
1 March 2021
£’000

(4,382)

2,220

5,693

(868)

633

3,296

The basis by which taxation is calculated is stated in note 1. The Company has not recognised deferred tax asset on the fair value 
movement of investments on equity investments of £420k. The Company has not recognised a deferred tax asset on Corporate 
Interest Restriction carried forward of £1,031k.

25. Current tax

Current tax receivable

Current tax payable

Group

Company

2023
£’000

6,114

682

2022
£’000

4,172

382

2023
£’000

5,176

—

2022
£’000

3,969

—

FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023  |  111

26. Employee benefits

Accrued holiday pay

Employee taxes

Group

Company

2023
£’000

2,547

3,892

6,439

2022
£’000

2,201

6,361

8,562

2023
£’000

1,211

2,630

3,841

2022
£’000

1,133

5,097

6,230

27. Leases
The Group leases office properties. The leases typically have an average remaining life of five years, with an option to renew the lease 
after that date. Lease payments are renegotiated every five years to reflect market rentals. For certain leases, the Group is restricted 
from entering into any sub-lease arrangements.

The Group leases IT equipment with contract terms of one to three years. These leases are short-term and/or leases of low-value 
items. The Group has elected not to recognise right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for these leases.

Information about leases for which the Group is a lessee is presented below.

i. Right-of-use assets
Right-of-use assets related to leased properties that do not meet the definition of investment property are presented as right-of-use 
assets (see note 15).

ii. Amounts recognised in profit or loss
– interest on lease liabilities

iii. Amounts recognised in statement of cash flows
– principal lease liability payments

Total cash outflow

28. Commitments
The maturity analysis of lease liabilities as at 28 February 2023 is as follows:

Group

2023
£’000

2022
£’000

Company

2023
£’000

982

1,135

387

4,000

4,982

3,598

4,733

1,466

1,853

Group

Company

Current lease liabilities

Non-current lease liabilities

Maturity analysis:

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

Over 5 years

2023
£’000

3,412

17,026

20,438

2022
£’000

3,743

19,579

23,322

2023
£’000

1,007

7,522

8,529

Group

2023
£’000

3,412

3,426

3,578

2,885

1,853

5,284

2022
£’000

486

1,242

1,728

2022
£’000

1,445

8,549

9,994

2022
£’000

3,743

3,215

3,171

3,346

2,684

7,163

The Group and Company do not face a significant liquidity risk with regard to its lease liabilities. Lease liabilities are monitored within 
the Group’s treasury function.

20,438

23,322

112  |  FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023

Financial statementsNotes continued29. Pension contributions
The Group makes contributions to the personal pension schemes of certain employees. The pension charge for the year amounted 
to £7,213k (2022: £6,578k). Contributions amounting to £1,751k (2022: £1,558k) were payable to the schemes at the year end and are 
included in creditors.

30. Related party transactions
Parent and ultimate controlling party
There is no one party which is the ultimate controlling party of the Group and Company.

Group
Key management personnel compensation
Key management personnel have been deemed to be the Directors of the Company. The remuneration of the Directors is set out 
in note 12. 

During the financial year the Group generated revenues of £121k (2022: £228k) from Nutanix for which Virginia Gambale is the chair 
of the Executive advisory board. All transactions were carried out at arm’s length. Also during the financial year, the Group generated 
revenues of £345k from Virtu Financial (2022: £nil), and incurred costs of £7k from JAMF(2022: £nil), both of which Virginia Gambale 
is a director. All transactions were carried out at arm’s length.

During the financial year the Group generated revenues of £nil (2022: £31k) and incurred costs of £128k (2022: £67k) from Cloudflare 
for which Thomas Seifert is chief financial officer. All transactions were carried out at arm’s length.

The Group holds an interest in a number of investments as disclosed in note 18.

Company
Other related party transactions

Subsidiaries 

Subsidiaries

Sales to subsidiaries

Costs charged by subsidiaries

2023
£’000

2022
£’000

2023
£’000

2022
£’000

25,554

22,389

95,826

59,005

Receivables outstanding

Payables outstanding

2023
£’000

2022
£’000

2023
£’000

2022
£’000

58,924

94,078

95,146

83,083

Interest is charged on intercompany loans at market rates.

There were no dividends paid by the Company to the Directors during the year (2022: £nil).

FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023  |  113

31. Financial instruments
Fair values
a) Accounting classifications and fair values
Group
The following table shows the carrying amounts and fair values of financial assets and liabilities. The carrying amount of all financial 
assets and liabilities not measured at fair value is considered to be a reasonable approximation of fair value, due to the short-term 
nature of the balances. 

Carrying value

Financial
assets at
 amortised
cost
£’000

Other 
financial
 liabilities
£’000

FVPL
£’000

FVOCI
£’000

886

8,470

—

9,356

—

—

—

—

Total
£’000

Fair value
£’000

Level 

886

8,470

283

9,639

—

8,470

283

8,753

1

3

3

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

90,578

36,905

127,483

90,578

36,905

127,483

—

—

—

(36,499)

(71,240)

(36,499)

(71,240)

(107,739)

(107,739)

1

1

1

1

28 February 2023

Financial assets measured 
at fair value

Equity securities

Equity securities

Convertible loans

Financial assets not 
measured at fair value

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Financial liabilities not 
measured at fair value

Secured bank loans

Trade and other payables

—

—

283

283

—

—

—

—

—

—

1  Fair value not disclosed as the carrying amounts are considered to be a reasonable approximation of fair value.

114  |  FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023

Financial statementsNotes continued 
 
 
 
 
 
 
31. Financial instruments continued
Fair values continued
a) Accounting classifications and fair values continued
Group continued

28 February 2022

Financial assets measured 
at fair value

Equity securities

Convertible loans

Financial assets not 
measured at fair value

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Financial liabilities not 
measured at fair value

Secured bank loans

Trade and other payables

Carrying value

Financial
assets at
 amortised
cost
£’000

Other 
financial
 liabilities
£’000

FVPL
£’000

FVOCI
£’000

—

283

283

19,676

—

19,676

—

—

—

Total
£’000

Fair value
£’000

19,676

19,676

283

283

19,959

19,959

Level 

3

3

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

68,030

48,564

116,594

68,030

48,564

116,594

—

—

—

(48,236)

(50,386)

(48,236)

(50,386)

(98,622)

(98,622)

1

1

1

1

—

—

—

—

—

—

1  Fair value not disclosed as the carrying amounts are considered to be a reasonable approximation of fair value.

Company
The following table shows the carrying amounts and fair values of financial assets and liabilities. The carrying amount of all financial assets 
and liabilities not measured at fair value is considered to be a reasonable approximation of fair value due to their short-term nature. 

28 February 2023

Financial assets measured at 
fair value

Equity securities

Equity securities

Convertible loans

Financial assets not 
measured at fair value

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Financial liabilities not 
measured at fair value

Secured bank loans

Trade and other payables

Carrying value

Financial
assets at
 amortised
cost
£’000

Other 
financial
 liabilities
£’000

FVPL
£’000

FVOCI
£’000

Total
£’000

Fair value
£’000

Level 

1

3

3

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

886

70

—

956

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

114,066

18,958

133,024

—

—

—

—

—

—

886

70

—

956

114,066

18,958

133,024

—

—

—

(36,499)

(36,499)

(136,319)

(136,319)

(172,818

(172,818)

—

70

—

70

1

1

1

1

1  Fair value not disclosed as the carrying amounts are considered to be a reasonable approximation of fair value.

FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023  |  115

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
31. Financial instruments continued
Fair values continued
a) Accounting classifications and fair values continued
Company continued

Carrying value

Financial
assets at
 amortised
cost
£’000

Other 
financial
 liabilities
£’000

FVPL
£’000

FVOCI
£’000

3,485

—

3,485

—

—

—

Total
£’000

Fair value
£’000

3,485

—

3,485

3,485

—

3,485

Level 

3

3

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

133,162

16,236

149,398

133,162

16,236

149,398

—

—

—

(48,236)

(48,236)

(111,067)

(111,067)

(159,303)

(159,303)

1

1

1

1

28 February 2022

Financial assets measured 
at fair value

Equity securities

Convertible loans

Financial assets not 
measured at fair value

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Financial liabilities not 
measured at fair value

Secured bank loans

Trade and other payables

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

1  Fair value not disclosed as the carrying amounts are considered to be a reasonable approximation of fair value.

b) Measurement of fair values
Level 1 fair value measurements are those derived from quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

The Group and Company have no assets or liabilities measured under Level 2. 

The following techniques have been applied in measuring Level 3 fair values, together with the significant unobservable inputs used.

Financial instruments at fair value
Equity investments and convertible loans – the Group and Company have invested in a number of investments in unlisted companies 
and a venture capital fund. The Group and Company have applied a discounted cash flow valuation technique to assess the fair value 
of the unlisted companies and convertible loans as at year end.

The valuation model calculates the equity value considering the forecast revenue and costs, together with forecast exit value after 
applying market multiples and discounted using a risk-adjusted discount rate. 

Significant inputs

2023

2022

2023
£’000

2022
£’000

Range in inputs

Change in input

Impact on fair value

Forecast annual revenues – 
with adjustments applied to 
Company forecasts

Risk-adjusted discount rate

Market multiple exit values – 
revenue based valuation

0–90%

30–55%

0–60%

35–60%

+/(-)15%

-/(+)5%

1,649/(1,509)

1,440/(1,418)

1,554/(1,259)

1,544/(1,245)

2.5x–5.5x

1x–8x

+/(-)15%

984/(1,043)

991/(990)

116  |  FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023

Financial statementsNotes continued 
 
 
 
 
31. Financial instruments continued
Fair values continued
b) Measurement of fair values continued
Reconciliation of Level 3 fair value
Group

Balance at 1 March 2022

Transfer to Level 1

Disposals

Adjustments to fair value

Transfers

Foreign exchange gain

Balance at 28 February 2023

Balance at 1 March 2021

Purchases

Disposals

Adjustments to fair value

Transfers

Foreign exchange gain

Balance at 28 February 2022

Company

Balance at 1 March 2022

Transfer to Level 1

Changes in fair value

Foreign exchange loss

Balance at 28 February 2023

Balance at 1 March 2021

Disposals/intercompany transfer

Changes in fair value

Foreign exchange loss

Balance at 28 February 2022

Convertible
loans
£’000

282

—

—

—

—

—

Unquoted
equities
£’000

19,676

(2,774)

(2,324)

(6,275)

—

167

282

8,470

Convertible
loans
£’000

3,122

—

(2,311)

—

(521)

(8)

282

Convertible
loans
£’000

—

—

—

—

—

Convertible
loans
£’000

74

(74)

—

—

—

Unquoted
equities
£’000

14,760

5,106

(699)

(95)

521

84

19,676

Unquoted
equities
£’000

3,485

(2,774)

(763)

122

70

Unquoted
equities
£’000

4,184

2,510

(3,277)

68

3,485

FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023  |  117

31. Financial instruments continued
Exposure to credit risk 
The carrying amount of financial assets represents the maximum credit exposure. The maximum exposure to credit risk at the 
reporting date:

Current assets

Non-current assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Group
Carrying amount

Company
Carrying amount

2023
£’000

96,749

2,548

36,905

2022
£’000

74,029

3,745

48,564

2023
£’000

64,398

56,163

18,958

2022
£’000

84,245

56,877

16,236

136,202

126,338

139,519

157,358

The maximum exposure to credit risk for trade and other receivables and convertible loans at the reporting date by geographical region:

Europe

North America

United Kingdom

Asia Pacific

Group

Company

2023
£’000

12,215

36,520

34,324

7,802

2022
£’000

12,028

29,842

21,746

4,697

2023
£’000

8,610

71,776

27,134

6,546

2022
£’000

9,365

91,700

29,511

2,586

90,861

68,313

114,066

133,162

The maximum exposure to credit risk for trade and other receivables and convertible loans at the reporting date by type of counterparty:

End-user customer

Convertible and other loans

Receivable from subsidiaries

Other*

Group

2023
£’000

2022
£’000

Company

2023
£’000

2022
£’000

80,424

63,644

52,972

36,766

387

—

10,050

387

—

4,282

—

58,925

2,169

—

94,078

2,318

90,861

68,313

114,066

133,162

*  Other relates mainly to Sundry Debtors including property deposits and trade settlement agreements.

No receivable balance was in excess of 10% of the Group’s total trade and other receivables balance at the year end.

Impairment losses
Trade receivables and accrued income
Expected credit loss assessment
The expected credit loss allowance for trade receivables and accrued income at the reporting date was:

Group

Not past due

Past due 0–30 days

Past due 31–120 days

Past due 121–180 days

Past due 181–365 days

Past due 366 days +

Total

118  |  FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023

Weighted
average 
loss rate
2023
%

0.06

0.51

0.57

2.49

9.54

65.2

Gross
carrying
amount
2023
£’000

55,257

5,729

11,028

3,859

4,003

3,301

83,177

Loss
allowance
2023
£’000

32

29

63

96

382

2,152

2,754

Financial statementsNotes continued31. Financial instruments continued
Exposure to credit risk continued
Impairment losses continued
Trade receivables and accrued income continued
Expected credit loss assessment continued

Group

Not past due

Past due 0–30 days

Past due 31–120 days

Past due 121–180 days

Past due 181–365 days

Past due 366 days +

Total

Company

Not past due

Past due 0–30 days

Past due 31–120 days

Past due 121–180 days

Past due 181–365 days

Past due 366 days +

Total

Company

Not past due

Past due 0–30 days

Past due 31–120 days

Past due 121–180 days

Past due 181–365 days

Past due 366 days +

Total

Weighted
average 
loss rate
2022
%

0.29 

0.16

0.46

1.64

13.92

90.85

Weighted
average 
loss rate
2023
%

0.09

0.60

1.00

1.34

6.26

44.98

Weighted
average 
loss rate
2022
%

0.43

0.28

0.34

0.28

2.31

93.44

Gross
carrying
amount
2022
£’000

55,304

2,555

3,269

611

1,236

1,410

64,385

Gross
 carrying
 amount
2023
£’000

36,150

4,860

6,309

2,831

2,477

1,205

53,832

Gross
 carrying
 amount
2022
£’000

32,387

1,424

1,491

358

347

244

36,251

Loss
allowance
2022
£’000

162

4

15

10

172

1,281

1,644

Loss
 allowance
2023
£’000

32

29

63

38

155

542

859

Loss
 allowance
2022
£’000

139

4

5

1

8

228

385

The movement in the allowance for impairment in respect of trade receivables and accrued income during the year was as follows:

Balance at 1 March 

Net remeasurement of loss allowance

Foreign exchange impact

Amounts written off

Closing balance

Group

Company

2023
£’000

1,644

2,645

67

(1,602)

2,754

2022
£’000

1,610

708

2

(676)

2023
£’000

385

1,741

—

(1,267)

1,644

859

2022
£’000

314

112

—

(41)

385

The Group expects no significant recovery from the amount written off. However, financial assets that are written off could still be 
subject to enforcement activities.

Debtor days increased to 88 from 76 at 2022.

FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023  |  119

31. Financial instruments continued
Exposure to credit risk continued
Non-convertible loans and other receivables
Expected credit loss assessment
The following table provides information about exposure to credit risks and ECLs for non-convertible loans and other receivables 
at the reporting date:

Group

Convertible loans

Medium grade financial services

Non-convertible loans

Non-investment grade pharma

Total

Group

Convertible loans

Medium grade financial services

Non-convertible loans

Non-investment grade pharma

Total

Equivalent to
external credit
rating (S&P)

A+ to BBB-

BB+ to B-

Equivalent to
external credit
rating (S&P)

A+ to BBB-

BB+ to B-

Weighted
average
loss rate
2023
%

—

—

—

Weighted
average
loss rate
2022
%

—

—

—

Gross 
carrying
amount
2023
£’000

283

104

387

Gross 
carrying
amount
2022
£’000

283

104

387

Loss
allowance
2023
£’000

—

—

—

Loss
allowance
2022
£’000

—

—

—

None of the balances in respect of the Group and Company are credit impaired.

The Group and Company did not have any loans and other receivables that were past due at 28 February 2023 (2022: £nil).

The movement in the allowance for impairment in respect of non-convertible loans and other receivables during the year was 
as follows:

Balance at 1 March

Net remeasurement of loss allowance

Closing balance

Group

2023
£’000

—

—

—

2022
£’000

47

(47)

—

Company

2023
£’000

—

—

—

2022
£’000

—

—

—

120  |  FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023

Financial statementsNotes continued31. Financial instruments continued
Exposure to credit risk continued
Receivables from subsidiaries 
Company
The Company has intercompany receivable balances totalling £58,924k at year end (2022: £94,076k). Management has assessed 
that the estimated credit loss on such balances is low based on the cash-generating ability of the relevant subsidiaries and latest 
forecasts. On this basis management determined that it is not to provide for an expected credit loss for this balance.

Government grants
At the year end £325k (2022: £311k) for the Group and £325k (2022: £311k) for the Company are receivable from Invest Northern 
Ireland in respect of grants receivable and £1,016k (2022: £1,052k) for the Group is receivable from Irish Revenue Commissioners 
in relation to R&D tax credit. Both are government agencies and based on historical payment history, with all amounts previously 
recognised subsequently being received, no expected credit loss is recognised in relation to this balance.

Cash and cash equivalents
The Group and Company held cash and cash equivalents of £36,905k (2022: £48,564k) and £18,958k (2022: £16,236k) respectively 
at 28 February 2023 which represents their maximum exposure on the assets. The cash and cash equivalents are held with bank and 
institutional counterparties which are rated AA- to AA+ based on credit agency ratings.

Liquidity risk
Group
The following are contractual maturities of financial liabilities, including estimated interest payments.

28 February 2023

Secured bank loans

Lease liabilities

Deferred income

Trade and other payables

28 February 2022

Secured bank loans

Lease liabilities

Deferred income

Trade and other payables

Carrying
 amount
£’000

(36,499)

(20,438)

(48,407)

(22,833)

Contractual
cash flows
£’000

(36,901)

(23,288)

(48,407)

(22,833)

6 months
or less
£’000

(3,066)

(2,164)

(48,407)

(22,833)

6–12 months
£’000

(3,066)

(2,016)

—

—

1–2 years
£’000

(30,769)

(4,039)

—

—

2–5 years
£’000

—

More than
5 years
£’000

—

(9,347)

(5,722)

—

—

—

—

(128,177)

(131,429)

(76,470)

(5,082)

(34,808)

(9,347)

(5,722)

Carrying
 amount
£’000

(48,236)

(23,322)

(26,990)

(23,396)

Contractual
cash flows
£’000

(48,610)

(26,873)

(26,990)

(23,396)

6 months
or less
£’000

(2,840)

(2,379)

(26,990)

(23,396)

6–12 months
£’000

(2,840)

(2,274)

—

—

1–2 years
£’000

(5,680)

(3,940)

—

—

2–5 years
£’000

(37,250)

(10,551)

—

—

More than
5 years
£’000

—

(7,729)

—

—

(121,944)

(125,869)

(55,605)

(5,114)

(9,620)

(47,801)

(7,729)

The above contracted cash flows include interest on secured bank loans, the terms of which are set out in note 22. 

FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023  |  121

31. Financial instruments continued
Exposure to credit risk continued
Liquidity risk continued
Company
The following are contractual maturities of financial liabilities, including estimated interest payments.

28 February 2023

Secured bank loans

Lease liabilities

Deferred income

Carrying
 amount
£’000

(36,499)

(8,529)

(27,552)

Contractual
cash flows
£’000

(36,686)

(10,010)

(27,552)

6 months
or less
£’000

(3,066)

(716)

(27,552)

Trade and other payables

(108,767)

(108,767)

(108,767)

6–12 months
£’000

1–2 years
£’000

(3,066)

(30,554)

2–5 years
£’000

—

More than
5 years
£’000

—

(600)

(1,362)

(3,220)

(4,112)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(181,347)

(183,015)

(140,101)

(3,666)

(31,916)

(3,220)

(4,112)

28 February 2022

Secured bank loans

Lease liabilities

Deferred income

Trade and other payables

Carrying
 amount
£’000

(48,236)

(9,994)

(13,063)

(98,004)

Contractual
cash flows
£’000

(48,610)

(11,866)

(13,063)

(98,004)

6 months
or less
£’000

(2,840)

(935)

(13,063)

(98,004)

6–12 months
£’000

(2,840)

(893)

—

—

1–2 years
£’000

(5,680)

(1,316)

—

—

2–5 years
£’000

(37,250)

(3,676)

—

—

More than
5 years
£’000

—

(5,046)

—

—

(169,297)

(171,543)

(114,842)

(3,733)

(6,996)

(40,926)

(5,046)

The above contracted cash flows include interest on secured bank loans, the terms of which are set out in note 22.

Currency risk
Group
The Group’s exposure to currency risk was as follows:

Trade receivables

Trade and other payables

Net balance sheet exposure

28 February 2023

28 February 2022

CAD
£’000

245

(21)

224

EUR
£’000

5,440

(630)

USD
£’000

14,937

(4,030)

4,810

10,907

CAD
£’000

618

—

618

EUR
£’000

4,032

(1,382)

USD
£’000

13,620

(1,167)

2,650

12,453

The secure bank loan above excludes bank loans designated in a net investment hedge of £35,064k (2022: £46,901k).

Company
The Company’s exposure to currency risk was as follows:

Trade receivables

Secured bank loans

Trade and other payables

Net balance sheet exposure

28 February 2023

28 February 2022

CAD
£’000

245

—

(21)

224

EUR
£’000

USD
£’000

5,185

13,764

—

(35,064)

(608)

(4,006)

CAD
£’000

618

—

—

EUR
£’000

4,032

—

(1,360)

USD
£’000

13,197

(46,901)

(1,040)

4,577

(25,306)

618

2,672

(34,744)

The following significant exchange rates applied during the year:

USD 1

EUR 1

CAD 1

122  |  FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023

Average rate

Reporting date spot rate

2023

1.25

1.18

1.62

2022

1.37

1.17

1.72

2023

1.21

1.14

1.64

2022

1.34

1.19

1.71

Financial statementsNotes continued31. Financial instruments continued
Exposure to credit risk continued
Currency risk continued
Sensitivity analysis
A 10% strengthening of sterling against the above currencies at the end of the year would decrease Group profit or increase Group 
loss by £1,594k (2022: £1,827k). A 10% weakening of sterling against the above currencies at the end of the year would increase 
Group profit or loss by £1,435k (2022: £1,644k). The movement on the net investment hedge would be offset by the movement 
in the net investment. This analysis assumes that all other variables, in particular interest rates, remain constant.

A 10% strengthening of sterling against the above currencies at the end of the year would increase Company profit or decrease 
Company loss by approximately £2,050k (2022: £3,279k). A 10% weakening of sterling against the above currencies at the end 
of the year would increase Company profit or decrease Company loss by approximately £1,845k (2022: £2,951k). This analysis 
assumes that all other variables, in particular interest rates, remain constant.

Interest rate risks
At the reporting date the interest profile of the Group’s and Company’s interest-bearing financial instruments was:

Variable rate instruments:

Financial assets

Financial liabilities

Fixed rate instruments:

Financial assets

Financial liabilities

Group

2023
£’000

2022
£’000

Company

2023
£’000

2022
£’000

36,905

48,564

18,958

16,236

(36,499)

(48,236)

(36,499)

(48,236)

406

328

(17,541)

(32,000)

283

283

—

(20,438)

(23,332)

(8,529)

(20,155)

(23,049)

(8,529)

—

(9,994)

(9,994)

A 10% reduction in interest rates at the end of the year would increase Group equity and profit or decrease loss by approximately 
£298k (2022: £205k). A 10% increase in interest rates at the end of the year would decrease Group equity and profit or increase 
Group loss by approximately £302k (2022: £195k). This analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant.

Hedge accounting
Hedge of net investment in a foreign operation 
A foreign currency exposure arises from the translation of the Group’s net investments in its subsidiaries which have USD functional 
currencies. The hedged risk is the risk of changes in the GBP/USD spot rates that will result in changes in the value of the Group’s net 
investment in its USD assets when translated into GBP. The hedged items are a portion of the Group’s assets which are denominated in 
USD. The hedging instruments are debt which mitigates an exposure to the effect of a weakening USD on the hedged item against GBP.

It is expected that the change in value of each of these items will mirror each other as there is a clear and direct economic 
relationship between the hedging instrument and the hedged item in the hedge relationship. 

Hedge ineffectiveness would arise if the value of the hedged items fell below the value of the hedging instruments, however, this is 
unlikely as the value of the Group’s assets denominated in USD are significantly greater than the value of the hedging instruments.

The amounts at the reporting date relating to items designated as hedging instruments were as follows:

Foreign exchange risk
Foreign currency loan

2023

2022

Nominal 
amount of the 
hedging instrument
£’000

Carrying 
amount of the 
hedging instrument
£’000

Line item in 
the statement of 
financial position 
where the hedging 
instrument is located

Changes in 
fair value used 
for calculating hedge 
ineffectiveness 
for 2023

35,064

46,901

35,064 Loans and borrowings

46,901 Loans and borrowings

n/a

n/a

FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023  |  123

32. Share based payments
Options have been granted as set out below under the Group’s equity-settled share option schemes which are open to all Executive 
Directors and employees of the Group. Options that vest at annual intervals over a three or four-year period are deemed to consist 
of three separate options for valuation purposes. Options with TSR conditions vesting at the end of a three-year period are deemed 
to be a single option for valuation. Vested options are exercisable following the satisfaction of the service criteria for a period not 
exceeding ten years from the date of grant.

Reconciliation of outstanding share options
The number and weighted average exercise prices of share options have been analysed into three exercise price ranges as follows:

Range of exercise price: £4.27–£9.00

Maximum options outstanding at beginning of year

Lapsed during the year

Exercised during the year

Granted during the year

Maximum options outstanding at end of year

Exercisable at end of year

Weighted
 average
 exercise
 price (£)
2023

7.58

5.65

5.77

—

8.91

8.91

Number
of options
2023

160,000

(10,000)

(57,500)

—

92,500

92,500

Weighted
 average
 exercise
 price (£)
2022

7.36

—

6.98

—

7.58

7.58

Number
of options
2022

252,000

—

(92,000)

—

160,000

160,000

The options outstanding at 28 February 2023 above have an exercise price in the range of £4.27 to £9.00 (2022: £4.27 to £9.00) and 
a weighted average contractual life of 1.2 years (2022: 1.7 years).

Range of exercise price: £12.28–£22.35

Maximum options outstanding at beginning of year

Lapsed during the year

Exercised during the year

Granted during the year

Maximum options outstanding at end of year

Exercisable at end of year

Weighted
 average
 exercise 
price (£)
2023

19.21

19.51

16.63

18.66

Number
of options
2023

801,416

(121,250)

(165,300)

495,500

19.93

1,010,366

19.64

486,499

Weighted
 average
 exercise 
price (£)
2022

19.54

22.10

15.85

14.69

19.21

19.21

Number
of options
2022

907,866

(98,200)

(8,250)

—

801, 416

538,141

The options outstanding at 28 February 2023 above have an exercise price in the range of £12.28 to £22.35 (2022: £12.28 to £22.35) 
and a weighted average contractual life of 6.7 years (2022: 5.2 years).

Range of exercise price: £23.80–£25.95

Maximum options outstanding at beginning of year

Lapsed during the year

Exercised during the year

Granted during the year

Maximum options outstanding at end of year

Exercisable at end of year

Weighted
 average
 exercise 
price (£)
2023

Number
of options
2023

25.27

1,901,287

25.00

(257,005)

—

—

—

—

Weighted
 average
 exercise 
price (£)
2022

25.95

25.78

—

Number
of options
2022

1,720,058

(451,771)

—

23.80

633,000

25.32

1,644,282

25.27

1,901,287

25.95

80,282

—

—

The options outstanding at 28 February 2023 above have an exercise price in the range of £23.80 to £25.95 (2022: £23.80 to £25.95) 
and a weighted average contractual life of 7.7 years (2022: 8.7 years).

The weighted average share price at the date of exercise for share options exercised for the year ended 28 February 2023 was £15.95 
per share (2022: £20.75).

124  |  FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023

Financial statementsNotes continued32. Share based payments continued
Measurement of fair values
The fair value of services received in return for share options granted is based on the fair value of share options granted. The grants 
are measured using an adjusted Black-Scholes or Monte-Carlo model where required (on the basis that a Monte-Carlo simulation 
model is considered a better model to reflect the impact of vesting conditions such as EPS and TSR, it is used for valuing such 
shares with the Black-Scholes model used for share options with no performance based vesting conditions), with the following inputs:

Grant of options during the year ended

28 February 2023

28 February 2022

Black-Scholes

Black-Scholes

Black-Scholes

Black-Scholes

Monte Carlo 
– EPS

Monte Carlo
 – TSR

Grant date

17/06/2022 09/08/2022 27/10/2022 01/02/2023 10/08/2021

10/08/2021

Fair value at grant date

Share price at grant date

Exercise price

Number of options

6.73

18.80

18.80

6.70

18.72

18.72

330,500

155,000

4.65

13.00

13.00

5,000

4.90

13.70

13.70

5,000

8.96

23.80

23.80

5.78

23.80

23.80

316,500

316,500

Expected volatility (weighted average 
volatility)

Option life (expected weighted 
average life)

49.00%

49.00%

49.00%

49.00%

36.00%

36.00%

3.0 years

3.0 years

3.0 years

3.0 years

4.0 years

4.0 years

Expected dividends

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

Risk-free interest rate (based on 
government bonds)

3.00%

3.00%

3.00%

3.00%

0.47%

0.47%

The key assumption which may be subject to change is the attrition rate over the vesting period.

Employee expenses 

Expense relating to:

Share options granted in 2016/17

Share options granted in 2017/18

Share options granted in 2018/19

Share options granted in 2019/20

Share options granted in 2020/21

Share options granted in 2021/22

Share options granted in 2022/23

Total amount recognised as share based payment charge

Total expense recognised as employee benefit expense

National Insurance contributions on employee benefit expense

Share based payment and related costs

33. Contingent liabilities
There are no contingent liabilities to report for the year end 28 February 2023.

2023
£’000

—

51

10

7

(972)

525

704

325

2023
£’000

325

111

436

2022
£’000

123

128

(114)

263

524

610

—

1,534

2022
£’000

1,534

137

1,671

34. Subsequent events
On 19 May 2023 the parent company FD Technologies plc renewed its banking facilities, which had been due to expire in June 2024. 
Further details of the loan financing arrangement are included in note 22. 

FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023  |  125

 
  
Global directory

Europe, Middle East and Africa

Madrid
Avenida de la Industria, 32 
28108 Alcobendas 
Madrid 
Spain

Budapest
Baobab 
14 Kemenes St 
Budapest 
Hungary

Łódź 
REACT Building  
ul. Piłsudskiego 24 
90-368 
Łódź 
Poland

Head office
FD Technologies plc
Brian Conlon House 
3 Canal Quay 
Newry 
Co. Down 
N. Ireland 
BT35 6BP

Telephone: +44 28 3025 2242  
Fax: +44 28 3025 2060

London
Fifth Floor 
Cannon Green Building 
27 Bush Lane 
London 
EC4R 0AN 
UK

Dublin 
6th Floor  
Block A  
1 George’s Quay Plaza  
Dublin 2  
D02 Y098  
Ireland

Philadelphia
1818 Market Street 
37th Floor 
Philadelphia 
PA 19103 
USA

Toronto 
31 Lakeshore Road East 
Suite 201 
Mississauga 
Ontario 
L5G 4V5 
Canada

Singapore
One Raffles Quay 
North Tower 
#30-03 
Singapore 
048583

Hong Kong
Level 66 
Two Centre 
99 Queens Road 
Central 
Hong Kong

Tokyo
20F Shin-Marunouchi 
Center Building  
1-6-2 Marunouchi  
Chiyoda-ku  
Tokyo  
Japan 100-0005

USA and Canada

New York 
45 Broadway 
Twentieth Floor 
New York 
NY 10006 
USA

Asia Pacific

Sydney 
Suite 201 
22 Pitt Street 
Sydney 
NSW 2000 
Australia

Seoul
#113 
8F WeWork Gangnam Station II 
7 Teheran-ro 5-gil 
Gangnam-ru 
Seoul 06134

126  |  FD Technologies plc Annual Report 2023

Financial statementsDirectors and advisers

Directors
D Troy 

S Keating 

R Preston  

V Gambale 

T Seifert   

A Sayed   

U Fayyad  

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Non-Executive Chair^+

Chief Executive Officer

Chief Financial Officer

Non-Executive Director*^

Non-Executive Director*+

Non-Executive Director^+

Non-Executive Director*

*  Member of the Audit and Risk Committee.

^   Member of the Nomination and ESG Committee.

+  Member of the Remuneration and Talent Committee.

Secretary
J J Kearns

Registered office
3 Canal Quay 
Newry 
Co. Down 
BT35 6BP

Auditor
Deloitte (NI) Limited
Lincoln Building 
27-45 Great Victoria Street 
Belfast 
BT2 7SL

Solicitors
Mills Selig
21 Arthur Street 
Belfast 
BT1 4GA

Bankers
Bank of Ireland
Corporate Headquarters 
1 Donegall Square South 
Belfast 
BT1 5LR

Nominated adviser/Euronext Growth adviser 
and joint brokers
Investec Bank Plc
30 Gresham Street 
London 
EC2V 7QP

Goodbody Corporate Finance
Ballsbridge Park 
Ballsbridge 
Dublin 4

J.P. Morgan Cazenove
25 Bank Street 
Canary Wharf 
London 
E14 5JP

Company registration number
NI 30731

Registrar and transfer office
Neville Registrars Limited
Neville House 
Steelpark Road 
Halesowen 
West Midlands 
B62 8HD

FD Technologies plc’s commitment to environmental issues is reflected in this Annual Report, 
which has been printed on Amadeus Silk, an FSC® certified material. This document was 
printed by Pureprint Group using its environmental print technology, with 99% of dry waste 
diverted from landfill, minimising the impact of printing on the environment. The printer is a 
CarbonNeutral® company.

Both the printer and the paper mill are registered to ISO 14001.

 
Global Headquarters 
3 Canal Quay 
Newry, Co. Down 
BT35 6BP

+44 (0) 28 3025 2242